updated for version 7.2.438

Problem:    "vim -r" crashes.
Solution:   Don't use NULL pointer argument.

.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+# Unixen: object and executable files.
+*.o
+src/vim
+src/xxd/xxd
+
+# We do need src/auto/configure and src/auto/config.mk.
+src/auto/osdef.h
+src/auto/config.aap
+src/auto/config.cache
+src/auto/config.h
+src/auto/config.log
+src/auto/config.status
+src/auto/configure.aap
+src/auto/link.log
+src/auto/link.sed
+src/auto/pathdef.c
+
+# Windows
+*.exe
+*.idb
+*.manifest
+*.exp
+*.obj
+*.pdb
+*.ilk
+*.sln
+*.suo
+*.res
+*.RES
+src/pathdef.c
+src/Obj*/pathdef.c
+gvimext.dll
+gvimext.lib
+
+# All platforms
+*.rej
+*.orig
+*.mo
+*~

Filelist

@@ -681,11 +681,14 @@ LANG_GEN = \
 		runtime/spell/README.txt \
 		runtime/spell/??/*.diff \
 		runtime/spell/??/main.aap \
+		runtime/spell/tet/*.diff \
+		runtime/spell/tet/main.aap \
+		runtime/spell/check/main.aap \
+		runtime/spell/check/*.aff \
+		runtime/spell/check/*.dic \
 		runtime/spell/yi/README.txt \
 		runtime/spell/main.aap \
-		runtime/spell/cleanadd.vim \
 		runtime/spell/*.vim \
-		runtime/spell/fixdup \
 
 # generic language files, binary
 LANG_GEN_BIN = \

Makefile

@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ dosrt_unix2dos: dist prepare no_title.vim
 		$(RT_AMI_DOS) \
 		$(LANG_GEN) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
+	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -X -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
 	tar cf - \
 		$(RT_UNIX_DOS_BIN) \
 		$(RT_ALL_BIN) \
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ dosbin_gvim: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_GVIM)
 	tar cf - \
 		$(BIN_DOS) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
+	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -X -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
 	cp gvim.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gvim.exe
 	cp xxdw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp vimrun.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vimrun.exe
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ dosbin_w32: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_W32)
 	tar cf - \
 		$(BIN_DOS) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
+	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -X -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
 	cp vimw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vim.exe
 	cp xxdw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp installw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ dosbin_d32: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_D32)
 	tar cf - \
 		$(BIN_DOS) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
+	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -X -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
 	cp vimd32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vim.exe
 	cp xxdd32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp installd32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ dosbin_d16: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_D16)
 	tar cf - \
 		$(BIN_DOS) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
+	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -X -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
 	cp vimd16.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vim.exe
 	cp xxdd16.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp installd16.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ dosbin_ole: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_OLE)
 	tar cf - \
 		$(BIN_DOS) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
+	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -X -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
 	cp gvim_ole.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gvim.exe
 	cp xxdw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp vimrun.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vimrun.exe
@@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ dosbin_s: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_W32S)
 	tar cf - \
 		$(BIN_DOS) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
+	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -X -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
 	cp gvim_w32s.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gvim.exe
 	cp xxdd32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp README_w32s.txt dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ doslang: dist prepare no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_LANG)
 	mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
 	mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/lang
 	cd src && MAKEMO=yes $(MAKE) languages
-	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
+	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -X -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
 # Add the message translations.  Trick: skip ja.mo and use ja.sjis.mo instead.
 # Same for cs.mo / cs.cp1250.mo, pl.mo / pl.cp1250.mo, sk.mo / sk.cp1250.mo,
 # zh_CN.mo / zh_CN.cp936.mo, uk.mo / uk.cp1251.mo and ru.mo / ru.cp1251.mo.
@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ dossrc: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_SRC) runtime/doc/uganda.nsis.txt
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
 	mv dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/runtime/* dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
 	rmdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/runtime
-	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
+	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -X -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
 	tar cf - \
 		$(SRC_DOS_BIN) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
@@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ os2bin: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_OS2)
 	tar cf - \
 		$(BIN_OS2) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
+	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -X -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
 	cp vimos2.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vim.exe
 	cp xxdos2.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp teeos2.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/tee.exe

README_dos.txt

@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Remarks:
   won't show a menubar.  Then you need to set the $VIM environment variable to
   point to the top directory of your Vim files.  Example:
     set VIM=C:\editors\vim
-  Vim version 6.0 will look for your vimrc file in $VIM, and for the runtime
+  Vim version 7.2 will look for your vimrc file in $VIM, and for the runtime
   files in $VIM/vim72.  See ":help $VIM" for more information.
 
 - To avoid confusion between distributed files of different versions and your
@@ -105,10 +105,10 @@ Remarks:
 	C:\vim\vimfiles\ftplugin\*.vim	Filetype plugins
 	C:\vim\...			Other files you made.
   Distributed files:
-	C:\vim\vim72\vim.exe		The Vim version 6.0 executable.
-	C:\vim\vim72\doc\*.txt		The version 6.0 documentation files.
-	C:\vim\vim72\bugreport.vim	A Vim version 6.0 script.
-	C:\vim\vim72\...		Other version 6.0 distributed files.
+	C:\vim\vim72\vim.exe		The Vim version 7.2 executable.
+	C:\vim\vim72\doc\*.txt		The version 7.2 documentation files.
+	C:\vim\vim72\bugreport.vim	A Vim version 7.2 script.
+	C:\vim\vim72\...		Other version 7.2 distributed files.
   In this case the $VIM environment variable would be set like this:
 	set VIM=C:\vim
   Then $VIMRUNTIME will automatically be set to "$VIM\vim72".  Don't add

README_extra.txt

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 README_extra.txt for version 7.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 The extra archive of Vim is to be used in combination with the source archive
-(vim-7.0-src.tar.gz).  The extra archive is useless without it.
+(vim-7.2-src.tar.gz).  The extra archive is useless without it.
 
 For more information, see the "README.txt" file that comes with the runtime
-archive (vim-7.0-rt.tar.gz).  To be able to run Vim you MUST get the runtime
+archive (vim-7.2-rt.tar.gz).  To be able to run Vim you MUST get the runtime
 archive too!
 
-The extra archive plus the source and runtime achives make up the complete
+The extra archive plus the source and runtime archives make up the complete
 sources of Vim for all systems.
 
 

README_os2.txt

@@ -41,10 +41,10 @@ Extra remarks:
 	C:\vim\_viminfo			Dynamic info for 'viminfo'.
 	C:\vim\...			Other files you made.
   Distributed files:
-	C:\vim\vim72\vim.exe		The Vim version 7.1 executable.
-	C:\vim\vim72\doc\*.txt		The version 7.1 documentation files.
-	C:\vim\vim72\bugreport.vim	A Vim version 7.1 script.
-	C:\vim\vim72\...		Other version 7.1 distributed files.
+	C:\vim\vim72\vim.exe		The Vim version 7.2 executable.
+	C:\vim\vim72\doc\*.txt		The version 7.2 documentation files.
+	C:\vim\vim72\bugreport.vim	A Vim version 7.2 script.
+	C:\vim\vim72\...		Other version 7.2 distributed files.
   In this case the $VIM environment variable would be set like this:
 	set VIM=C:\vim
 

README_os390.txt

@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ you want Motif.
 
   The smarter way:
     Make VIM as described above. Then create a file named 'link.sed' with the
-    following contense:
+    following content:
 
 	s/-lXext  *//g
 	s/-lXmu  *//g

README_src.txt

@@ -2,9 +2,9 @@ README_src.txt for version 7.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 The source archive contains the files needed to compile Vim on Unix systems.
 It is packed for Unix systems (NL line separator).  It is also used for other
-systems in combination with the extra archive (vim-7.0-extra.tar.gz, in the
+systems in combination with the extra archive (vim-7.2-extra.tar.gz, in the
 "extra" directory of ftp.vim.org).
 
 For more information, see the README.txt file that comes with the runtime
-archive (vim-7.0-rt.tar.gz).  To be able to run Vim you MUST get the runtime
+archive (vim-7.2-rt.tar.gz).  To be able to run Vim you MUST get the runtime
 archive too!

runtime/autoload/ada.vim

@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 "  Description: Perform Ada specific completion & tagging.
 "     Language: Ada (2005)
-"	   $Id$
+"	   $Id: ada.vim 887 2008-07-08 14:29:01Z krischik $
 "   Maintainer: Martin Krischik <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>
 "		Taylor Venable <taylor@metasyntax.net>
 "		Neil Bird <neil@fnxweb.com>
 "		Ned Okie <nokie@radford.edu>
-"      $Author$
-"	 $Date$
+"      $Author: krischik $
+"	 $Date: 2008-07-08 16:29:01 +0200 (Di, 08 Jul 2008) $
 "      Version: 4.6
-"    $Revision$
+"    $Revision: 887 $
 "     $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/autoload/ada.vim $
 "      History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
 "		26.05.2006 MK ' should not be in iskeyword.

runtime/autoload/adacomplete.vim

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
 "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 "  Description: Vim Ada omnicompletion file
 "     Language:	Ada (2005)
-"	   $Id$
+"	   $Id: adacomplete.vim 887 2008-07-08 14:29:01Z krischik $
 "   Maintainer:	Martin Krischik
-"      $Author$
-"	 $Date$
+"      $Author: krischik $
+"	 $Date: 2008-07-08 16:29:01 +0200 (Di, 08 Jul 2008) $
 "      Version: 4.6
-"    $Revision$
+"    $Revision: 887 $
 "     $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/autoload/adacomplete.vim $
 "      History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
 "		26.05.2006 MK improved search for begin of word.

runtime/autoload/ccomplete.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	C
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2007 Aug 30
+" Last Change:	2010 Mar 23
 
 
 " This function is used for the 'omnifunc' option.
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ function! ccomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
       let res = [{'match': match, 'tagline' : '', 'kind' : kind, 'info' : line}]
     else
       " Completing "var.", "var.something", etc.
-      let res = s:Nextitem(strpart(line, 0, col), items[-1], 0, 1)
+      let res = s:Nextitem(strpart(line, 0, col), items[1:], 0, 1)
     endif
   endif
 

runtime/autoload/decada.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 "  Description: Vim Ada/Dec Ada compiler file
 "     Language: Ada (Dec Ada)
-"          $Id$
+"          $Id: decada.vim 887 2008-07-08 14:29:01Z krischik $
 "    Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
 "   Maintainer:	Martin Krischik <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>
-"      $Author$
-"        $Date$
+"      $Author: krischik $
+"        $Date: 2008-07-08 16:29:01 +0200 (Di, 08 Jul 2008) $
 "      Version: 4.6      
-"    $Revision$
+"    $Revision: 887 $
 "     $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/autoload/decada.vim $
 "      History: 21.07.2006 MK New Dec Ada
 "               15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration

runtime/autoload/getscript.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " getscript.vim
 "  Author:	Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-"  Date:	Jul 10, 2008
-"  Version:	31
+"  Date:	Dec 28, 2009
+"  Version:	32
 "  Installing:	:help glvs-install
 "  Usage:	:help glvs
 "
@@ -12,19 +12,24 @@
 " Initialization:	{{{1
 " if you're sourcing this file, surely you can't be
 " expecting vim to be in its vi-compatible mode!
+if exists("g:loaded_getscript")
+ finish
+endif
+let g:loaded_getscript= "v32"
 if &cp
  echoerr "GetLatestVimScripts is not vi-compatible; not loaded (you need to set nocp)"
  finish
 endif
+if v:version < 702
+ echohl WarningMsg
+ echo "***warning*** this version of getscript needs vim 7.2"
+ echohl Normal
+ finish
+endif
 let s:keepcpo = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 "DechoTabOn
 
-if exists("g:loaded_getscript")
- finish
-endif
-let g:loaded_getscript= "v31"
-
 " ---------------------------
 " Global Variables: {{{1
 " ---------------------------
@@ -40,25 +45,6 @@ if !exists("g:getscript_cygwin")
   let g:getscript_cygwin= 0
  endif
 endif
-" shell quoting character {{{2
-if exists("g:netrw_shq") && !exists("g:getscript_shq")
- let g:getscript_shq= g:netrw_shq
-elseif !exists("g:getscript_shq")
- if exists("&shq") && &shq != ""
-  let g:getscript_shq= &shq
- elseif exists("&sxq") && &sxq != ""
-  let g:getscript_shq= &sxq
- elseif has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
-  if g:getscript_cygwin
-   let g:getscript_shq= "'"
-  else
-   let g:getscript_shq= '"'
-  endif
- else
-  let g:getscript_shq= "'"
- endif
-" call Decho("g:getscript_shq<".g:getscript_shq.">")
-endif
 
 " wget vs curl {{{2
 if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget")
@@ -112,7 +98,9 @@ if g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall
   endif
  endif
 
- if exists('$HOME') && isdirectory(expand("$HOME")."/".s:dotvim)
+ if exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_autoinstalldir") && isdirectory(g:GetLatestVimScripts_autoinstalldir)
+  let s:autoinstall= g:GetLatestVimScripts_autoinstalldir"
+ elseif exists('$HOME') && isdirectory(expand("$HOME")."/".s:dotvim)
   let s:autoinstall= $HOME."/".s:dotvim
  endif
 " call Decho("s:autoinstall<".s:autoinstall.">")
@@ -165,7 +153,6 @@ fun! getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
 "   call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : unable to find a GetLatest subdirectory")
    return
   endif
-
   if filewritable(datadir) != 2
    echoerr "(getLatestVimScripts) Your ".datadir." isn't writable"
 "   call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : non-writable directory<".datadir.">")
@@ -182,21 +169,29 @@ fun! getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
 "   call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : non-writable datafile<".datafile.">")
    return
   endif
+  " --------------------
+  " Passed sanity checks
+  " --------------------
+
 "  call Decho("datadir  <".datadir.">")
 "  call Decho("datafile <".datafile.">")
 
-  " don't let any events interfere (like winmanager's, taglist's, etc)
-  let eikeep= &ei
-  let hlskeep= &hls
-  set ei=all hls&vim
+  " don't let any event handlers interfere (like winmanager's, taglist's, etc)
+  let eikeep  = &ei
+  let hlskeep = &hls
+  let acdkeep = &acd
+  set ei=all hls&vim noacd
 
-  " record current directory, change to datadir, open split window with
-  " datafile
+  " Edit the datafile (ie. GetLatestVimScripts.dat):
+  " 1. record current directory (origdir),
+  " 2. change directory to datadir,
+  " 3. split window
+  " 4. edit datafile
   let origdir= getcwd()
 "  call Decho("exe cd ".fnameescape(substitute(datadir,'\','/','ge')))
   exe "cd ".fnameescape(substitute(datadir,'\','/','ge'))
   split
-"  call Decho("exe e ".fnameescape(substitute(datafile,'\','/','ge')))
+"  call Decho("exe  e ".fnameescape(substitute(datafile,'\','/','ge')))
   exe "e ".fnameescape(substitute(datafile,'\','/','ge'))
   res 1000
   let s:downloads = 0
@@ -207,69 +202,68 @@ fun! getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
 "  call Decho("searching plugins for GetLatestVimScripts dependencies")
   let lastline    = line("$")
 "  call Decho("lastline#".lastline)
-  let plugins     = split(globpath(&rtp,"plugin/*.vim"),'\n')
+  let firstdir    = substitute(&rtp,',.*$','','')
+  let plugins     = split(globpath(firstdir,"plugin/*.vim"),'\n')
+  let plugins     = plugins + split(globpath(firstdir,"AsNeeded/*.vim"),'\n')
   let foundscript = 0
-  let firstdir= ""
 
+  " this loop updates the GetLatestVimScripts.dat file
+  " with dependencies explicitly mentioned in the plugins
+  " via   GetLatestVimScripts: ... lines
+  " It reads the plugin script at the end of the GetLatestVimScripts.dat
+  " file, examines it, and then removes it.
   for plugin in plugins
+"   call Decho(" ")
 "   call Decho("plugin<".plugin.">")
 
-   " don't process plugins in system directories
-   if firstdir == ""
-    let firstdir= substitute(plugin,'[/\\][^/\\]\+$','','')
-"    call Decho("setting firstdir<".firstdir.">")
-   else
-    let curdir= substitute(plugin,'[/\\][^/\\]\+$','','')
-"    call Decho("curdir<".curdir.">")
-    if curdir != firstdir
-"     call Decho("skipping subsequent plugins: curdir<".curdir."> != firstdir<".firstdir.">")
-     break
-    endif
-   endif
-
    " read plugin in
    " evidently a :r creates a new buffer (the "#" buffer) that is subsequently unused -- bwiping it
    $
-"   call Decho(" ")
 "   call Decho(".dependency checking<".plugin."> line$=".line("$"))
-"   call Decho("exe silent r ".fnameescape(plugin))
+"   call Decho("..exe silent r ".fnameescape(plugin))
    exe "silent r ".fnameescape(plugin)
    exe "silent bwipe ".bufnr("#")
 
    while search('^"\s\+GetLatestVimScripts:\s\+\d\+\s\+\d\+','W') != 0
-    let newscript= substitute(getline("."),'^"\s\+GetLatestVimScripts:\s\+\d\+\s\+\d\+\s\+\(.*\)$','\1','e')
-    let llp1     = lastline+1
-"    call Decho("..newscript<".newscript.">")
+    let depscript   = substitute(getline("."),'^"\s\+GetLatestVimScripts:\s\+\d\+\s\+\d\+\s\+\(.*\)$','\1','e')
+    let depscriptid = substitute(getline("."),'^"\s\+GetLatestVimScripts:\s\+\(\d\+\)\s\+.*$','\1','')
+    let llp1        = lastline+1
+"    call Decho("..depscript<".depscript.">")
 
-    " don't process ""GetLatestVimScripts lines -- those that have been doubly-commented out
-    if newscript !~ '^"'
-     " found a "GetLatestVimScripts: # #" line in the script; check if its already in the datafile
-     let curline     = line(".")
-     let noai_script = substitute(newscript,'\s*:AutoInstall:\s*','','e')
-     exe llp1
-     let srchline    = search('\<'.noai_script.'\>','bW')
-"     call Decho("..noai_script<".noai_script."> srch=".srchline."curline#".line(".")." lastline#".lastline)
-
-     if srchline == 0
-      " found a new script to permanently include in the datafile
-      let keep_rega   = @a
-      let @a          = substitute(getline(curline),'^"\s\+GetLatestVimScripts:\s\+','','')
-      exe lastline."put a"
-      echomsg "Appending <".@a."> to ".datafile." for ".newscript
-"      call Decho("..APPEND (".noai_script.")<".@a."> to GetLatestVimScripts.dat")
-      let @a          = keep_rega
-      let lastline    = llp1
-      let curline     = curline     + 1
-      let foundscript = foundscript + 1
-"     else	" Decho
-"      call Decho("..found <".noai_script."> (already in datafile at line#".srchline.")")
-     endif
-
-     let curline = curline + 1
-     exe curline
+    " found a "GetLatestVimScripts: # #" line in the script;
+    " check if its already in the datafile by searching backwards from llp1,
+    " the (prior to reading in the plugin script) last line plus one of the GetLatestVimScripts.dat file,
+    " for the script-id with no wrapping allowed.
+    let curline     = line(".")
+    let noai_script = substitute(depscript,'\s*:AutoInstall:\s*','','e')
+    exe llp1
+    let srchline    = search('^\s*'.depscriptid.'\s\+\d\+\s\+.*$','bW')
+    if srchline == 0
+     " this second search is taken when, for example, a   0 0 scriptname  is to be skipped over
+     let srchline= search('\<'.noai_script.'\>','bW')
     endif
+"    call Decho("..noai_script<".noai_script."> depscriptid#".depscriptid." srchline#".srchline." curline#".line(".")." lastline#".lastline)
+
+    if srchline == 0
+     " found a new script to permanently include in the datafile
+     let keep_rega   = @a
+     let @a          = substitute(getline(curline),'^"\s\+GetLatestVimScripts:\s\+','','')
+     echomsg "Appending <".@a."> to ".datafile." for ".depscript
+"     call Decho("..Appending <".@a."> to ".datafile." for ".depscript)
+     exe lastline."put a"
+     let @a          = keep_rega
+     let lastline    = llp1
+     let curline     = curline     + 1
+     let foundscript = foundscript + 1
+"    else	" Decho
+"     call Decho("..found <".noai_script."> (already in datafile at line#".srchline.")")
+    endif
+
+    let curline = curline + 1
+    exe curline
    endwhile
 
+   " llp1: last line plus one
    let llp1= lastline + 1
 "   call Decho(".deleting lines: ".llp1.",$d")
    exe "silent! ".llp1.",$d"
@@ -282,7 +276,9 @@ fun! getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
    setlocal nomod
   endif
 
+  " --------------------------------------------------------------------
   " Check on out-of-date scripts using GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat
+  " --------------------------------------------------------------------
 "  call Decho("begin: checking out-of-date scripts using datafile<".datafile.">")
   setlocal lz
   1
@@ -322,8 +318,9 @@ fun! getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
 
   " restore events and current directory
   exe "cd ".fnameescape(substitute(origdir,'\','/','ge'))
-  let &ei= eikeep
-  let &hls= hlskeep
+  let &ei  = eikeep
+  let &hls = hlskeep
+  let &acd = acdkeep
   setlocal nolz
 "  call Dredir("BUFFER TEST (GetLatestVimScripts 2)","ls!")
 "  call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : did ".s:downloads." downloads")
@@ -333,7 +330,7 @@ endfun
 "  GetOneScript: (Get Latest Vim Script) this function operates {{{1
 "    on the current line, interpreting two numbers and text as
 "    ScriptID, SourceID, and Filename.
-"    It downloads any scripts that have newer versions from vim.sf.net.
+"    It downloads any scripts that have newer versions from vim.sourceforge.net.
 fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
 "   call Dfunc("GetOneScript()")
 
@@ -391,6 +388,7 @@ fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
 "   call Decho("fname   <".fname.">")
   endif
 
+  " plugin author protection from downloading his/her own scripts atop their latest work
   if scriptid == 0 || srcid == 0
    " When looking for :AutoInstall: lines, skip scripts that have   0 0 scriptname
    let @a= rega
@@ -416,21 +414,21 @@ fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
 "  call Decho('considering <'.aicmmnt.'> scriptid='.scriptid.' srcid='.srcid)
   echo 'considering <'.aicmmnt.'> scriptid='.scriptid.' srcid='.srcid
 
-  " grab a copy of the plugin's vim.sf.net webpage
-  let scriptaddr = 'http://vim.sf.net/script.php?script_id='.scriptid
+  " grab a copy of the plugin's vim.sourceforge.net webpage
+  let scriptaddr = 'http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id='.scriptid
   let tmpfile    = tempname()
   let v:errmsg   = ""
 
   " make up to three tries at downloading the description
   let itry= 1
   while itry <= 3
-"   call Decho("try#".itry." to download description of <".aicmmnt."> with addr=".scriptaddr)
+"   call Decho(".try#".itry." to download description of <".aicmmnt."> with addr=".scriptaddr)
    if has("win32") || has("win16") || has("win95")
-"    call Decho("new|exe silent r!".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".s:Escape(tmpfile).' '.s:Escape(scriptaddr)."|bw!")
-    new|exe "silent r!".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".s:Escape(tmpfile).' '.s:Escape(scriptaddr)|bw!
+"    call Decho(".new|exe silent r!".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(tmpfile).' '.shellescape(scriptaddr)."|bw!")
+    new|exe "silent r!".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(tmpfile).' '.shellescape(scriptaddr)|bw!
    else
-"    call Decho("exe silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".s:Escape(tmpfile)." ".s:Escape(scriptaddr))
-    exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".s:Escape(tmpfile)." ".s:Escape(scriptaddr)
+"    call Decho(".exe silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(tmpfile)." ".shellescape(scriptaddr))
+    exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(tmpfile)." ".shellescape(scriptaddr)
    endif
    if itry == 1
     exe "silent vsplit ".fnameescape(tmpfile)
@@ -495,8 +493,7 @@ fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
   let latestsrcid = latestsrcid + 0
 "  call Decho("srcid=".srcid." latestsrcid=".latestsrcid." sname<".sname.">")
 
-  " has the plugin's most-recent srcid increased, which indicates
-  " that it has been updated
+  " has the plugin's most-recent srcid increased, which indicates that it has been updated
   if latestsrcid > srcid
 "   call Decho("[latestsrcid=".latestsrcid."] <= [srcid=".srcid."]: need to update <".sname.">")
 
@@ -506,65 +503,103 @@ fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
     let sname= "NEW_".sname
    endif
 
+   " -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    " the plugin has been updated since we last obtained it, so download a new copy
-"   call Decho("...downloading new <".sname.">")
-   echomsg "...downloading new <".sname.">"
+   " -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+"   call Decho(".downloading new <".sname.">")
+   echomsg ".downloading new <".sname.">"
    if has("win32") || has("win16") || has("win95")
-"    call Decho("new|exe silent r!".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".s:Escape(sname)." ".s:Escape('http://vim.sf.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='.latestsrcid)."|q")
-    new|exe "silent r!".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".s:Escape(sname)." ".s:Escape('http://vim.sf.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='.latestsrcid)|q
+"    call Decho(".new|exe silent r!".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape('http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='.latestsrcid)."|q")
+    new|exe "silent r!".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape('http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='.latestsrcid)|q
    else
-"    call Decho("exe silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".s:Escape(sname)." ".s:Escape('http://vim.sf.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='))
-    exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".s:Escape(sname)." ".s:Escape('http://vim.sf.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id=').latestsrcid
+"    call Decho(".exe silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape('http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='))
+    exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape('http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id=').latestsrcid
    endif
 
+   " --------------------------------------------------------------------------
    " AutoInstall: only if doautoinstall has been requested by the plugin itself
+   " --------------------------------------------------------------------------
    if doautoinstall
-"    call Decho("attempting to do autoinstall: getcwd<".getcwd()."> filereadable(".sname.")=".filereadable(sname))
+"    call Decho(" ")
+"    call Decho("Autoinstall: getcwd<".getcwd()."> filereadable(".sname.")=".filereadable(sname))
     if filereadable(sname)
-"     call Decho("exe silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".s:Escape(sname)." ".s:Escape(s:autoinstall))
-     exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".s:Escape(sname)." ".s:Escape(s:autoinstall)
+"     call Decho("<".sname."> is readable")
+"     call Decho("exe silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape(s:autoinstall))
+     exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape(s:autoinstall)
      let curdir    = escape(substitute(getcwd(),'\','/','ge'),"|[]*'\" #")
      let installdir= curdir."/Installed"
      if !isdirectory(installdir)
       call mkdir(installdir)
      endif
-"    call Decho("exe cd ".fnameescape(s:autoinstall))
+"     call Decho("curdir<".curdir."> installdir<".installdir.">")
+"     call Decho("exe cd ".fnameescape(s:autoinstall))
      exe "cd ".fnameescape(s:autoinstall)
+
+     " determine target directory for moves
+     let firstdir= substitute(&rtp,',.*$','','')
+     let pname   = substitute(sname,'\..*','.vim','')
+"     call Decho("determine tgtdir: is <".firstdir.'/AsNeeded/'.pname." readable?")
+     if filereadable(firstdir.'/AsNeeded/'.pname)
+      let tgtdir= "AsNeeded"
+     else
+      let tgtdir= "plugin"
+     endif
+"     call Decho("tgtdir<".tgtdir.">  pname<".pname.">")
      
      " decompress
      if sname =~ '\.bz2$'
 "      call Decho("decompress: attempt to bunzip2 ".sname)
-      exe "silent !bunzip2 ".s:Escape(sname)
+      exe "silent !bunzip2 ".shellescape(sname)
       let sname= substitute(sname,'\.bz2$','','')
 "      call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after bunzip2")
      elseif sname =~ '\.gz$'
 "      call Decho("decompress: attempt to gunzip ".sname)
-      exe "silent !gunzip ".s:Escape(sname)
+      exe "silent !gunzip ".shellescape(sname)
       let sname= substitute(sname,'\.gz$','','')
 "      call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after gunzip")
+     else
+"      call Decho("no decompression needed")
      endif
      
      " distribute archive(.zip, .tar, .vba) contents
      if sname =~ '\.zip$'
 "      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to unzip ".sname)
-      exe "silent !unzip -o ".s:Escape(sname)
+      exe "silent !unzip -o ".shellescape(sname)
      elseif sname =~ '\.tar$'
 "      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar ".sname)
-      exe "silent !tar -xvf ".s:Escape(sname)
+      exe "silent !tar -xvf ".shellescape(sname)
      elseif sname =~ '\.vba$'
 "      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to handle a vimball: ".sname)
       silent 1split
+      if exists("g:vimball_home")
+       let oldvimballhome= g:vimball_home
+      endif
+      let g:vimball_home= s:autoinstall
       exe "silent e ".fnameescape(sname)
       silent so %
       silent q
+      if exists("oldvimballhome")
+       let g:vimball_home= oldvimballhome
+      else
+       unlet g:vimball_home
+      endif
+     else
+"      call Decho("no dearchiving needed")
      endif
      
+     " ---------------------------------------------
+     " move plugin to plugin/ or AsNeeded/ directory
+     " ---------------------------------------------
      if sname =~ '.vim$'
-"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to simply move ".sname." to plugin")
-      exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".s:Escape(sname)." plugin"
+"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to simply move ".sname." to ".tgtdir)
+      exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".shellescape(sname)." ".tgtdir
      else
 "      call Decho("dearchive: move <".sname."> to installdir<".installdir.">")
-      exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".s:Escape(sname)." ".installdir
+      exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".shellescape(sname)." ".installdir
+     endif
+     if tgtdir != "plugin"
+"      call Decho("exe silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." plugin/".shellescape(pname)." ".tgtdir)
+      exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." plugin/".shellescape(pname)." ".tgtdir
      endif
      
      " helptags step
@@ -599,20 +634,6 @@ fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
 "  call Dret("GetOneScript")
 endfun
 
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" s:Escape: makes a string safe&suitable for the shell {{{2
-fun! s:Escape(name)
-"  call Dfunc("s:Escape(name<".a:name.">)")
-  if exists("*shellescape")
-   " shellescape() was added by patch 7.0.111
-   let name= shellescape(a:name)
-  else
-   let name= g:getscript_shq . a:name . g:getscript_shq
-  endif
-"  call Dret("s:Escape ".name)
-  return name
-endfun
-
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " Restore Options: {{{1
 let &cpo= s:keepcpo

runtime/autoload/gnat.vim

@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 "  Description: Vim Ada/GNAT compiler file
 "     Language: Ada (GNAT)
-"          $Id$
+"          $Id: gnat.vim 887 2008-07-08 14:29:01Z krischik $
 "    Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
 "   Maintainer:	Martin Krischi <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>k
 "		Ned Okie <nokie@radford.edu>
-"      $Author$
-"        $Date$
+"      $Author: krischik $
+"        $Date: 2008-07-08 16:29:01 +0200 (Di, 08 Jul 2008) $
 "      Version: 4.6
-"    $Revision$
+"    $Revision: 887 $
 "     $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/autoload/gnat.vim $
 "      History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
 "		16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball

runtime/autoload/netrwFileHandlers.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 " netrwFileHandlers: contains various extension-based file handlers for
 "                    netrw's browsers' x command ("eXecute launcher")
 " Author:	Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-" Date:		May 30, 2006
-" Version:	9
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Date:		Sep 30, 2008
+" Version:	10
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2008 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -20,9 +20,15 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers") || &cp
  finish
 endif
+let g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers= "v10"
+if v:version < 702
+ echohl WarningMsg
+ echo "***warning*** this version of netrwFileHandlers needs vim 7.2"
+ echohl Normal
+ finish
+endif
 let s:keepcpo= &cpo
 set cpo&vim
-let g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers= "v9"
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " netrwFileHandlers#Invoke: {{{1
@@ -73,10 +79,10 @@ fun! s:NFH_html(pagefile)
 
   if executable("mozilla")
 "   call Decho("executing !mozilla ".page)
-   exe "!mozilla ".g:netrw_shq.page.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "!mozilla ".shellescape(page,1)
   elseif executable("netscape")
 "   call Decho("executing !netscape ".page)
-   exe "!netscape ".g:netrw_shq..page.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "!netscape ".shellescape(page,1)
   else
 "   call Dret("s:NFH_html 0")
    return 0
@@ -96,10 +102,10 @@ fun! s:NFH_htm(pagefile)
 
   if executable("mozilla")
 "   call Decho("executing !mozilla ".page)
-   exe "!mozilla ".g:netrw_shq.page.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "!mozilla ".shellescape(page,1)
   elseif executable("netscape")
 "   call Decho("executing !netscape ".page)
-   exe "!netscape ".g:netrw_shq.page.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "!netscape ".shellescape(page,1)
   else
 "   call Dret("s:NFH_htm 0")
    return 0
@@ -115,10 +121,10 @@ fun! s:NFH_jpg(jpgfile)
 "  call Dfunc("s:NFH_jpg(jpgfile<".a:jpgfile.">)")
 
   if executable("gimp")
-   exe "silent! !gimp -s ".g:netrw_shq.a:jpgfile.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "silent! !gimp -s ".shellescape(a:jpgfile,1)
   elseif executable(expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT.EXE")
 "   call Decho("silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".escape(a:jpgfile," []|'"))
-   exe "!".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".g:netrw_shq.a:jpgfile.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "!".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".shellescape(a:jpgfile,1)
   else
 "   call Dret("s:NFH_jpg 0")
    return 0
@@ -134,9 +140,9 @@ fun! s:NFH_gif(giffile)
 "  call Dfunc("s:NFH_gif(giffile<".a:giffile.">)")
 
   if executable("gimp")
-   exe "silent! !gimp -s ".g:netrw_shq.a:giffile.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "silent! !gimp -s ".shellescape(a:giffile,1)
   elseif executable(expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT.EXE")
-   exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".g:netrw_shq.a:giffile.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".shellescape(a:giffile,1)
   else
 "   call Dret("s:NFH_gif 0")
    return 0
@@ -152,9 +158,9 @@ fun! s:NFH_png(pngfile)
 "  call Dfunc("s:NFH_png(pngfile<".a:pngfile.">)")
 
   if executable("gimp")
-   exe "silent! !gimp -s ".g:netrw_shq.a:pngfile.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "silent! !gimp -s ".shellescape(a:pngfile,1)
   elseif executable(expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT.EXE")
-   exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".g:netrw_shq.a:pngfile.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".shellescape(a:pngfile,1)
   else
 "   call Dret("s:NFH_png 0")
    return 0
@@ -170,9 +176,9 @@ fun! s:NFH_pnm(pnmfile)
 "  call Dfunc("s:NFH_pnm(pnmfile<".a:pnmfile.">)")
 
   if executable("gimp")
-   exe "silent! !gimp -s ".g:netrw_shq.a:pnmfile.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "silent! !gimp -s ".shellescape(a:pnmfile,1)
   elseif executable(expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT.EXE")
-   exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".g:netrw_shq.a:pnmfile.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".shellescape(a:pnmfile,1)
   else
 "   call Dret("s:NFH_pnm 0")
    return 0
@@ -190,7 +196,7 @@ fun! s:NFH_bmp(bmpfile)
   if executable("gimp")
    exe "silent! !gimp -s ".a:bmpfile
   elseif executable(expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT.EXE")
-   exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".g:netrw_shq.a:bmpfile.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".shellescape(a:bmpfile,1)
   else
 "   call Dret("s:NFH_bmp 0")
    return 0
@@ -205,9 +211,9 @@ endfun
 fun! s:NFH_pdf(pdf)
 "  call Dfunc("s:NFH_pdf(pdf<".a:pdf.">)")
   if executable("gs")
-   exe 'silent! !gs '.g:netrw_shq.a:pdf.g:netrw_shq
+   exe 'silent! !gs '.shellescape(a:pdf,1)
   elseif executable("pdftotext")
-   exe 'silent! pdftotext -nopgbrk '.g:netrw_shq.a:pdf.g:netrw_shq
+   exe 'silent! pdftotext -nopgbrk '.shellescape(a:pdf,1)
   else
 "  call Dret("s:NFH_pdf 0")
    return 0
@@ -223,7 +229,7 @@ fun! s:NFH_doc(doc)
 "  call Dfunc("s:NFH_doc(doc<".a:doc.">)")
 
   if executable("oowriter")
-   exe 'silent! !oowriter '.g:netrw_shq.a:doc.g:netrw_shq
+   exe 'silent! !oowriter '.shellescape(a:doc,1)
    redraw!
   else
 "  call Dret("s:NFH_doc 0")
@@ -240,7 +246,7 @@ fun! s:NFH_sxw(sxw)
 "  call Dfunc("s:NFH_sxw(sxw<".a:sxw.">)")
 
   if executable("oowriter")
-   exe 'silent! !oowriter '.g:netrw_shq.a:sxw.g:netrw_shq
+   exe 'silent! !oowriter '.shellescape(a:sxw,1)
    redraw!
   else
 "   call Dret("s:NFH_sxw 0")
@@ -257,7 +263,7 @@ fun! s:NFH_xls(xls)
 "  call Dfunc("s:NFH_xls(xls<".a:xls.">)")
 
   if executable("oocalc")
-   exe 'silent! !oocalc '.g:netrw_shq.a:xls.g:netrw_shq
+   exe 'silent! !oocalc '.shellescape(a:xls,1)
    redraw!
   else
 "  call Dret("s:NFH_xls 0")
@@ -274,15 +280,15 @@ fun! s:NFH_ps(ps)
 "  call Dfunc("s:NFH_ps(ps<".a:ps.">)")
   if executable("gs")
 "   call Decho("exe silent! !gs ".a:ps)
-   exe "silent! !gs ".g:netrw_shq.a:ps.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "silent! !gs ".shellescape(a:ps,1)
    redraw!
   elseif executable("ghostscript")
 "   call Decho("exe silent! !ghostscript ".a:ps)
-   exe "silent! !ghostscript ".g:netrw_shq.a:ps.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "silent! !ghostscript ".shellescape(a:ps,1)
    redraw!
   elseif executable("gswin32")
-"   call Decho("exe silent! !gswin32 ".g:netrw_shq.a:ps.g:netrw_shq)
-   exe "silent! !gswin32 ".g:netrw_shq.a:ps.g:netrw_shq
+"   call Decho("exe silent! !gswin32 ".shellescape(a:ps,1))
+   exe "silent! !gswin32 ".shellescape(a:ps,1)
    redraw!
   else
 "   call Dret("s:NFH_ps 0")
@@ -298,16 +304,16 @@ endfun
 fun! s:NFH_eps(eps)
 "  call Dfunc("s:NFH_eps()")
   if executable("gs")
-   exe "silent! !gs ".g:netrw_shq.a:eps.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "silent! !gs ".shellescape(a:eps,1)
    redraw!
   elseif executable("ghostscript")
-   exe "silent! !ghostscript ".g:netrw_shq.a:eps.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "silent! !ghostscript ".shellescape(a:eps,1)
    redraw!
   elseif executable("ghostscript")
-   exe "silent! !ghostscript ".g:netrw_shq.a:eps.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "silent! !ghostscript ".shellescape(a:eps,1)
    redraw!
   elseif executable("gswin32")
-   exe "silent! !gswin32 ".g:netrw_shq.a:eps.g:netrw_shq
+   exe "silent! !gswin32 ".shellescape(a:eps,1)
    redraw!
   else
 "   call Dret("s:NFH_eps 0")

runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " netrwSettings.vim: makes netrw settings simpler
-" Date:		Jul 02, 2008
+" Date:		Sep 03, 2008
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
-" Version:	12
+" Version:	13
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2007 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
@@ -19,7 +19,13 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_netrwSettings") || &cp
   finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwSettings  = "v12"
+let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v13"
+if v:version < 700
+ echohl WarningMsg
+ echo "***warning*** this version of netrwSettings needs vim 7.0"
+ echohl Normal
+ finish
+endif
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " NetrwSettings: {{{1
@@ -100,6 +106,7 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
    put = 'let g:netrw_browsex_viewer    = (not defined)'
   endif
   put = 'let g:netrw_compress          = '.g:netrw_compress
+  put = 'let g:netrw_cursorline        = '.g:netrw_cursorline
   let decompressline= line("$")
   put ='let g:netrw_decompress...'
   put = 'let g:netrw_dirhistmax        = '.g:netrw_dirhistmax
@@ -138,6 +145,7 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   put = 'let g:netrw_special_syntax    = '.g:netrw_special_syntax
   put = 'let g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject = '.g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject
   put = 'let g:netrw_scpport           = '.g:netrw_scpport
+  put = 'let g:netrw_sepchr            = '.g:netrw_sepchr
   put = 'let g:netrw_sshport           = '.g:netrw_sshport
   put = 'let g:netrw_timefmt           = '.g:netrw_timefmt
   let tmpfileescline= line("$")

runtime/autoload/pythoncomplete.vim

@@ -1,17 +1,28 @@
 "pythoncomplete.vim - Omni Completion for python
 " Maintainer: Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
-" Version: 0.7
-" Last Updated: 19 Oct 2006
+" Version: 0.9
+" Last Updated: 18 Jun 2009
 "
 " Changes
 " TODO:
-" User defined docstrings aren't handled right...
 " 'info' item output can use some formatting work
 " Add an "unsafe eval" mode, to allow for return type evaluation
 " Complete basic syntax along with import statements
 "   i.e. "import url<c-x,c-o>"
 " Continue parsing on invalid line??
 "
+" v 0.9
+"   * Fixed docstring parsing for classes and functions
+"   * Fixed parsing of *args and **kwargs type arguments
+"   * Better function param parsing to handle things like tuples and
+"     lambda defaults args
+"
+" v 0.8
+"   * Fixed an issue where the FIRST assignment was always used instead of
+"   using a subsequent assignment for a variable
+"   * Fixed a scoping issue when working inside a parameterless function
+"
+"
 " v 0.7
 "   * Fixed function list sorting (_ and __ at the bottom)
 "   * Removed newline removal from docs.  It appears vim handles these better in
@@ -63,7 +74,7 @@ function! pythoncomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
         while idx > 0
             let idx -= 1
             let c = line[idx]
-            if c =~ '\w' || c =~ '\.' || c == '('
+            if c =~ '\w' || c =~ '\.'
                 let cword = c . cword
                 continue
             elseif strlen(cword) > 0 || idx == 0
@@ -206,7 +217,7 @@ class Completer(object):
             if len(stmt) > 0 and stmt[-1] == '(':
                 result = eval(_sanitize(stmt[:-1]), self.compldict)
                 doc = result.__doc__
-                if doc == None: doc = ''
+                if doc is None: doc = ''
                 args = self.get_arguments(result)
                 return [{'word':self._cleanstr(args),'info':self._cleanstr(doc)}]
             elif ridx == -1:
@@ -223,18 +234,18 @@ class Completer(object):
 
             try: maindoc = result.__doc__
             except: maindoc = ' '
-            if maindoc == None: maindoc = ' '
+            if maindoc is None: maindoc = ' '
             for m in all:
                 if m == "_PyCmplNoType": continue #this is internal
                 try:
                     dbg('possible completion: %s' % m)
                     if m.find(match) == 0:
-                        if result == None: inst = all[m]
+                        if result is None: inst = all[m]
                         else: inst = getattr(result,m)
                         try: doc = inst.__doc__
                         except: doc = maindoc
                         typestr = str(inst)
-                        if doc == None or doc == '': doc = maindoc
+                        if doc is None or doc == '': doc = maindoc
 
                         wrd = m[len(match):]
                         c = {'word':wrd, 'abbr':m,  'info':self._cleanstr(doc)}
@@ -260,9 +271,9 @@ class Completer(object):
             return []
 
 class Scope(object):
-    def __init__(self,name,indent):
+    def __init__(self,name,indent,docstr=''):
         self.subscopes = []
-        self.docstr = ''
+        self.docstr = docstr
         self.locals = []
         self.parent = None
         self.name = name
@@ -281,29 +292,28 @@ class Scope(object):
         while d.find('  ') > -1: d = d.replace('  ',' ')
         while d[0] in '"\'\t ': d = d[1:]
         while d[-1] in '"\'\t ': d = d[:-1]
+        dbg("Scope(%s)::docstr = %s" % (self,d))
         self.docstr = d
 
     def local(self,loc):
-        if not self._hasvaralready(loc):
-            self.locals.append(loc)
+        self._checkexisting(loc)
+        self.locals.append(loc)
 
     def copy_decl(self,indent=0):
         """ Copy a scope's declaration only, at the specified indent level - not local variables """
-        return Scope(self.name,indent)
+        return Scope(self.name,indent,self.docstr)
 
-    def _hasvaralready(self,test):
+    def _checkexisting(self,test):
         "Convienance function... keep out duplicates"
         if test.find('=') > -1:
             var = test.split('=')[0].strip()
             for l in self.locals:
                 if l.find('=') > -1 and var == l.split('=')[0].strip():
-                    return True
-        return False
+                    self.locals.remove(l)
 
     def get_code(self):
-        # we need to start with this, to fix up broken completions
-        # hopefully this name is unique enough...
-        str = '"""'+self.docstr+'"""\n'
+        str = ""
+        if len(self.docstr) > 0: str += '"""'+self.docstr+'"""\n'
         for l in self.locals:
             if l.startswith('import'): str += l+'\n'
         str += 'class _PyCmplNoType:\n    def __getattr__(self,name):\n        return None\n'
@@ -330,11 +340,11 @@ class Scope(object):
         return '    '*(self.indent+1)
 
 class Class(Scope):
-    def __init__(self, name, supers, indent):
-        Scope.__init__(self,name,indent)
+    def __init__(self, name, supers, indent, docstr=''):
+        Scope.__init__(self,name,indent, docstr)
         self.supers = supers
     def copy_decl(self,indent=0):
-        c = Class(self.name,self.supers,indent)
+        c = Class(self.name,self.supers,indent, self.docstr)
         for s in self.subscopes:
             c.add(s.copy_decl(indent+1))
         return c
@@ -351,11 +361,11 @@ class Class(Scope):
 
 
 class Function(Scope):
-    def __init__(self, name, params, indent):
-        Scope.__init__(self,name,indent)
+    def __init__(self, name, params, indent, docstr=''):
+        Scope.__init__(self,name,indent, docstr)
         self.params = params
     def copy_decl(self,indent=0):
-        return Function(self.name,self.params,indent)
+        return Function(self.name,self.params,indent, self.docstr)
     def get_code(self):
         str = "%sdef %s(%s):\n" % \
             (self.currentindent(),self.name,','.join(self.params))
@@ -371,7 +381,7 @@ class PyParser:
     def _parsedotname(self,pre=None):
         #returns (dottedname, nexttoken)
         name = []
-        if pre == None:
+        if pre is None:
             tokentype, token, indent = self.next()
             if tokentype != NAME and token != '*':
                 return ('', token)
@@ -405,17 +415,20 @@ class PyParser:
         while True:
             tokentype, token, indent = self.next()
             if token in (')', ',') and level == 1:
-                names.append(name)
+                if '=' not in name: name = name.replace(' ', '')
+                names.append(name.strip())
                 name = ''
             if token == '(':
                 level += 1
+                name += "("
             elif token == ')':
                 level -= 1
                 if level == 0: break
+                else: name += ")"
             elif token == ',' and level == 1:
                 pass
             else:
-                name += str(token)
+                name += "%s " % str(token)
         return names
 
     def _parsefunction(self,indent):
@@ -495,16 +508,26 @@ class PyParser:
                 #Handle 'self' params
                 if scp.parent != None and type(scp.parent) == Class:
                     slice = 1
-                    p = scp.params[0]
-                    i = p.find('=')
-                    if i != -1: p = p[:i]
                     newscope.local('%s = %s' % (scp.params[0],scp.parent.name))
                 for p in scp.params[slice:]:
                     i = p.find('=')
+                    if len(p) == 0: continue
+                    pvar = ''
+                    ptype = ''
                     if i == -1:
-                        newscope.local('%s = _PyCmplNoType()' % p)
+                        pvar = p
+                        ptype = '_PyCmplNoType()'
                     else:
-                        newscope.local('%s = %s' % (p[:i],_sanitize(p[i+1])))
+                        pvar = p[:i]
+                        ptype = _sanitize(p[i+1:])
+                    if pvar.startswith('**'):
+                        pvar = pvar[2:]
+                        ptype = '{}'
+                    elif pvar.startswith('*'):
+                        pvar = pvar[1:]
+                        ptype = '[]'
+
+                    newscope.local('%s = %s' % (pvar,ptype))
 
             for s in scp.subscopes:
                 ns = s.copy_decl(0)
@@ -532,17 +555,19 @@ class PyParser:
                     self.scope = self.scope.pop(indent)
                 elif token == 'def':
                     func = self._parsefunction(indent)
-                    if func == None:
+                    if func is None:
                         print "function: syntax error..."
                         continue
+                    dbg("new scope: function")
                     freshscope = True
                     self.scope = self.scope.add(func)
                 elif token == 'class':
                     cls = self._parseclass(indent)
-                    if cls == None:
+                    if cls is None:
                         print "class: syntax error..."
                         continue
                     freshscope = True
+                    dbg("new scope: class")
                     self.scope = self.scope.add(cls)
                     
                 elif token == 'import':
@@ -569,6 +594,7 @@ class PyParser:
                     name,token = self._parsedotname(token) 
                     if token == '=':
                         stmt = self._parseassignment()
+                        dbg("parseassignment: %s = %s" % (name, stmt))
                         if stmt != None:
                             self.scope.local("%s = %s" % (name,stmt))
                     freshscope = False

runtime/autoload/rubycomplete.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:             Ruby
 " Maintainer:           Mark Guzman <segfault@hasno.info>
-" Info:                 $Id$
+" Info:                 $Id: rubycomplete.vim,v 1.41 2008/06/30 06:50:45 segy Exp $
 " URL:                  http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
 " Anon CVS:             See above site
 " Release Coordinator:  Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>

runtime/autoload/spellfile.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim script to download a missing spell file
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2008 Jun 27
+" Last Change:	2008 Nov 29
 
 if !exists('g:spellfile_URL')
   " Prefer using http:// when netrw should be able to use it, since
@@ -39,19 +39,22 @@ function! spellfile#LoadFile(lang)
   let s:donedict[a:lang . &enc] = 1
 
   " Find spell directories we can write in.
-  let dirlist = []
-  let dirchoices = '&Cancel'
-  for dir in split(globpath(&rtp, 'spell'), "\n")
-    if filewritable(dir) == 2
-      call add(dirlist, dir)
-      let dirchoices .= "\n&" . len(dirlist)
-    endif
-  endfor
+  let [dirlist, dirchoices] = spellfile#GetDirChoices()
   if len(dirlist) == 0
-    if &verbose
+    let dir_to_create = spellfile#WritableSpellDir()
+    if &verbose || dir_to_create != ''
       echomsg 'spellfile#LoadFile(): There is no writable spell directory.'
     endif
-    return
+    if dir_to_create != ''
+      if confirm("Shall I create " . dir_to_create, "&Yes\n&No", 2) == 1
+	" After creating the directory it should show up in the list.
+	call mkdir(dir_to_create, "p")
+	let [dirlist, dirchoices] = spellfile#GetDirChoices()
+      endif
+    endif
+    if len(dirlist) == 0
+      return
+    endif
   endif
 
   let msg = 'Cannot find spell file for "' . a:lang . '" in ' . &enc
@@ -177,3 +180,29 @@ function! spellfile#Nread(fname)
     unlet g:netrw_use_errorwindow
   endif
 endfunc
+
+" Get a list of writable spell directories and choices for confirm().
+function! spellfile#GetDirChoices()
+  let dirlist = []
+  let dirchoices = '&Cancel'
+  for dir in split(globpath(&rtp, 'spell'), "\n")
+    if filewritable(dir) == 2
+      call add(dirlist, dir)
+      let dirchoices .= "\n&" . len(dirlist)
+    endif
+  endfor
+  return [dirlist, dirchoices]
+endfunc
+
+function! spellfile#WritableSpellDir()
+  if has("unix")
+    " For Unix always use the $HOME/.vim directory
+    return $HOME . "/.vim/spell"
+  endif
+  for dir in split(&rtp, ',')
+    if filewritable(dir) == 2
+      return dir . "/spell"
+    endif
+  endfor
+  return ''
+endfunction

runtime/autoload/sqlcomplete.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,28 @@
 " Vim OMNI completion script for SQL
 " Language:    SQL
-" Maintainer:  David Fishburn <fishburn@ianywhere.com>
-" Version:     6.0
-" Last Change: Thu 03 Apr 2008 10:37:54 PM Eastern Daylight Time
+" Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
+" Version:     9.0
+" Last Change: 2010 Apr 20
 " Usage:       For detailed help
 "              ":help sql.txt" 
 "              or ":help ft-sql-omni" 
 "              or read $VIMRUNTIME/doc/sql.txt
 
+" History
+" Version 9.0
+"     This change removes some of the support for tables with spaces in their
+"     names in order to simplify the regexes used to pull out query table 
+"     aliases for more robust table name and column name code completion.
+"     Full support for "table names with spaces" can be added in again
+"     after 7.3.
+" Version 8.0
+"     Incorrectly re-executed the g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_right and g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_left 
+"     when drilling in and out of a column list for a table.
+" Version 7.0
+"     Better handling of object names
+" Version 6.0
+"     Supports object names with spaces "my table name"
+"
 " Set completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O to autoloaded function.
 " This check is in place in case this script is
 " sourced directly instead of using the autoload feature. 
@@ -22,7 +37,7 @@ endif
 if exists('g:loaded_sql_completion')
     finish 
 endif
-let g:loaded_sql_completion = 50
+let g:loaded_sql_completion = 70
 
 " Maintains filename of dictionary
 let s:sql_file_table        = ""
@@ -106,10 +121,23 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
             let begindot = 1
         endif
         while start > 0
-            if line[start - 1] =~ '\(\w\|\s\+\)'
+            " Additional code was required to handle objects which 
+            " can contain spaces like "my table name".
+            if line[start - 1] !~ '\(\w\|\.\)'
+                " If the previous character is not a period or word character
+                break
+            " elseif line[start - 1] =~ '\(\w\|\s\+\)'
+            "     let start -= 1
+            elseif line[start - 1] =~ '\w'
+                " If the previous character is word character continue back
                 let start -= 1
             elseif line[start - 1] =~ '\.' && 
                         \ compl_type =~ 'column\|table\|view\|procedure'
+                " If the previous character is a period and we are completing
+                " an object which can be specified with a period like this:
+                "     table_name.column_name
+                "     owner_name.table_name
+
                 " If lastword has already been set for column completion
                 " break from the loop, since we do not also want to pickup
                 " a table name if it was also supplied.
@@ -184,9 +212,10 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
         endif
 
         let compl_type_uc = substitute(compl_type, '\w\+', '\u&', '')
-        if s:sql_file_{compl_type} == ""
-            let s:sql_file_{compl_type} = DB_getDictionaryName(compl_type_uc)
-        endif
+        " Same call below, no need to do it twice
+        " if s:sql_file_{compl_type} == ""
+        "     let s:sql_file_{compl_type} = DB_getDictionaryName(compl_type_uc)
+        " endif
         let s:sql_file_{compl_type} = DB_getDictionaryName(compl_type_uc)
         if s:sql_file_{compl_type} != ""
             if filereadable(s:sql_file_{compl_type})
@@ -230,7 +259,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
             "    1.  Check if the dbext plugin has the option turned
             "        on to even allow owners
             "    2.  Based on 1, if the user is showing a table list
-            "        and the DrillIntoTable (using <C-Right>) then 
+            "        and the DrillIntoTable (using <Right>) then 
             "        this will be owner.table.  In this case, we can
             "        check to see the table.column exists in the 
             "        cached table list.  If it does, then we have
@@ -312,9 +341,16 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
     endif
 
     if base != ''
-        " Filter the list based on the first few characters the user
-        " entered
-        let expr = 'v:val '.(g:omni_sql_ignorecase==1?'=~?':'=~#').' "\\(^'.base.'\\|\\([^.]*\\)\\?'.base.'\\)"'
+        " Filter the list based on the first few characters the user entered.
+        " Check if the text matches at the beginning 
+        " or 
+        " Match to a owner.table or alias.column type match
+        " or
+        " Handle names with spaces "my table name"
+        let expr = 'v:val '.(g:omni_sql_ignorecase==1?'=~?':'=~#').' "\\(^'.base.'\\|^\\(\\w\\+\\.\\)\\?'.base.'\\)"'
+        " let expr = 'v:val '.(g:omni_sql_ignorecase==1?'=~?':'=~#').' "\\(^'.base.'\\)"'
+        " let expr = 'v:val '.(g:omni_sql_ignorecase==1?'=~?':'=~#').' "\\(^'.base.'\\|\\(\\.\\)\\?'.base.'\\)"'
+        " let expr = 'v:val '.(g:omni_sql_ignorecase==1?'=~?':'=~#').' "\\(^'.base.'\\|\\([^.]*\\)\\?'.base.'\\)"'
         let compl_list = filter(deepcopy(compl_list), expr)
     endif
 
@@ -363,13 +399,14 @@ function! sqlcomplete#DrillIntoTable()
         call sqlcomplete#Map('column')
         " C-Y, makes the currently highlighted entry active
         " and trigger the omni popup to be redisplayed
-        call feedkeys("\<C-Y>\<C-X>\<C-O>")
+        call feedkeys("\<C-Y>\<C-X>\<C-O>", 'n')
     else
-        if has('win32')
-            " If the popup is not visible, simple perform the normal
-            " <C-Right> behaviour
-            exec "normal! \<C-Right>"
-        endif
+	" If the popup is not visible, simple perform the normal
+	" key behaviour.
+	" Must use exec since they key must be preceeded by "\"
+	" or feedkeys will simply push each character of the string 
+	" rather than the "key press".
+        exec 'call feedkeys("\'.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_right.'", "n")'
     endif
     return ""
 endfunction
@@ -381,11 +418,12 @@ function! sqlcomplete#DrillOutOfColumns()
         " Trigger the omni popup to be redisplayed
         call feedkeys("\<C-X>\<C-O>")
     else
-        if has('win32')
-            " If the popup is not visible, simple perform the normal
-            " <C-Left> behaviour
-            exec "normal! \<C-Left>"
-        endif
+	" If the popup is not visible, simple perform the normal
+	" key behaviour.
+	" Must use exec since they key must be preceeded by "\"
+	" or feedkeys will simply push each character of the string 
+	" rather than the "key press".
+        exec 'call feedkeys("\'.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_left.'", "n")'
     endif
     return ""
 endfunction
@@ -582,7 +620,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
          " Search backwards to the beginning of the statement
          " and do NOT wrap
          " exec 'silent! normal! v?\<\(select\|update\|delete\|;\)\>'."\n".'"yy'
-         exec 'silent! normal! ?\<\(select\|update\|delete\|;\)\>'."\n"
+         exec 'silent! normal! ?\<\c\(select\|update\|delete\|;\)\>'."\n"
 
          " Start characterwise visual mode
          " Advance right one character
@@ -591,27 +629,38 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
          "     2.  A ; at the end of a line (the delimiter)
          "     3.  The end of the file (incase no delimiter)
          " Yank the visually selected text into the "y register.
-         exec 'silent! normal! vl/\(\<select\>\|\<update\>\|\<delete\>\|;\s*$\|\%$\)'."\n".'"yy'
+         exec 'silent! normal! vl/\c\(\<select\>\|\<update\>\|\<delete\>\|;\s*$\|\%$\)'."\n".'"yy'
 
          let query = @y
          let query = substitute(query, "\n", ' ', 'g')
          let found = 0
 
-         " if query =~? '^\(select\|update\|delete\)'
-         if query =~? '^\(select\)'
+         " if query =~? '^\c\(select\)'
+         if query =~? '^\(select\|update\|delete\)'
              let found = 1
              "  \(\(\<\w\+\>\)\.\)\?   - 
-             " 'from.\{-}'  - Starting at the from clause
+             " '\c\(from\|join\|,\).\{-}'  - Starting at the from clause (case insensitive)
              " '\zs\(\(\<\w\+\>\)\.\)\?' - Get the owner name (optional)
              " '\<\w\+\>\ze' - Get the table name 
              " '\s\+\<'.table_name.'\>' - Followed by the alias
              " '\s*\.\@!.*'  - Cannot be followed by a .
              " '\(\<where\>\|$\)' - Must be followed by a WHERE clause
              " '.*'  - Exclude the rest of the line in the match
+             " let table_name_new = matchstr(@y, 
+             "             \ '\c\(from\|join\|,\).\{-}'.
+             "             \ '\zs\(\("\|\[\)\?.\{-}\("\|\]\)\.\)\?'.
+             "             \ '\("\|\[\)\?.\{-}\("\|\]\)\?\ze'.
+             "             \ '\s\+\%(as\s\+\)\?\<'.
+             "             \ matchstr(table_name, '.\{-}\ze\.\?$').
+             "             \ '\>'.
+             "             \ '\s*\.\@!.*'.
+             "             \ '\(\<where\>\|$\)'.
+             "             \ '.*'
+             "             \ )
              let table_name_new = matchstr(@y, 
-                         \ 'from.\{-}'.
-                         \ '\zs\(\("\|\[\)\?.\{-}\("\|\]\)\.\)\?'.
-                         \ '\("\|\[\)\?.\{-}\("\|\]\)\ze'.
+                         \ '\c\(\<from\>\|\<join\>\|,\)\s*'.
+                         \ '\zs\(\("\|\[\)\?\w\+\("\|\]\)\?\.\)\?'.
+                         \ '\("\|\[\)\?\w\+\("\|\]\)\?\ze'.
                          \ '\s\+\%(as\s\+\)\?\<'.
                          \ matchstr(table_name, '.\{-}\ze\.\?$').
                          \ '\>'.
@@ -622,7 +671,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
 
              if table_name_new != ''
                  let table_alias = table_name
-                 let table_name  = table_name_new
+                 let table_name  = matchstr( table_name_new, '^\(.*\.\)\?\zs.*\ze' )
 
                  let list_idx = index(s:tbl_name, table_name, 0, &ignorecase)
                  if list_idx > -1
@@ -690,4 +739,3 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
 
     return table_cols
 endfunction
-

runtime/autoload/syntaxcomplete.vim

@@ -1,10 +1,15 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:    All languages, uses existing syntax highlighting rules
-" Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn.vim@gmail.com>
-" Version:     4.0
-" Last Change: Fri 26 Oct 2007 05:27:03 PM Eastern Daylight Time
+" Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
+" Version:     5.0
+" Last Change: 2010 Jan 31
 " Usage:       For detailed help, ":help ft-syntax-omni" 
 
+" History
+" Version 5.0
+"     When processing a list of syntax groups, the final group
+"     was missed in function SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems.
+"
 " Set completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O to autoloaded function.
 " This check is in place in case this script is
 " sourced directly instead of using the autoload feature. 
@@ -312,9 +317,13 @@ function! s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
     "     \zs          - start the match
     "     .\{-}        - everything ...
     "     \ze          - end the match
+    "     \(           - start a group or 2 potential matches
     "     \n\w         - at the first newline starting with a character
+    "     \|           - 2nd potential match
+    "     \%$          - matches end of the file or string
+    "     \)           - end a group
     let syntax_group = matchstr(a:syntax_full, 
-                \ "\n".a:group_name.'\s\+xxx\s\+\zs.\{-}\ze'."\n".'\w'
+                \ "\n".a:group_name.'\s\+xxx\s\+\zs.\{-}\ze\(\n\w\|\%$\)'
                 \ )
 
     if syntax_group != ""

runtime/autoload/tar.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 " tar.vim: Handles browsing tarfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:			Aug 08, 2008
-" Version:		23 + modifications by Bram
+" Date:			Dec 28, 2009
+" Version:		24
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
 " License:		Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
 "
 "	Contains many ideas from Michael Toren's <tar.vim>
 "
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2009 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -16,19 +16,22 @@
 "               By using this plugin, you agree that in no event will the
 "               copyright holder be liable for any damages resulting from
 "               the use of this software.
-
+"     call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " Load Once: {{{1
-let s:keepcpo= &cpo
-set cpo&vim
-if &cp || exists("g:loaded_tar") || v:version < 700
+if &cp || exists("g:loaded_tar")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_tar= "v23b"
-"call Decho("loading autoload/tar.vim")
-if v:version < 701 || (v:version == 701 && !has("patch299"))
- echoerr "(autoload/tar.vim) need vim v7.1 with patchlevel 299"
+let g:loaded_tar= "v24"
+if v:version < 702
+ echohl WarningMsg
+ echo "***warning*** this version of tar needs vim 7.2"
+ echohl Normal
+ finish
 endif
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+"call Decho("loading autoload/tar.vim")
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 "  Default Settings: {{{1
@@ -44,7 +47,22 @@ endif
 if !exists("g:tar_writeoptions")
  let g:tar_writeoptions= "uf"
 endif
-
+if !exists("g:tar_copycmd")
+ if !exists("g:netrw_localcopycmd")
+  if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+   if g:netrw_cygwin
+    let g:netrw_localcopycmd= "cp"
+   else
+    let g:netrw_localcopycmd= "copy"
+   endif
+  elseif has("unix") || has("macunix")
+   let g:netrw_localcopycmd= "cp"
+  else
+   let g:netrw_localcopycmd= ""
+  endif
+ endif
+ let g:tar_copycmd= g:netrw_localcopycmd
+endif
 if !exists("g:netrw_cygwin")
  if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
   if &shell =~ '\%(\<bash\>\|\<zsh\>\)\%(\.exe\)\=$'
@@ -56,6 +74,9 @@ if !exists("g:netrw_cygwin")
   let g:netrw_cygwin= 0
  endif
 endif
+if !exists("g:tar_extractcmd")
+ let g:tar_extractcmd= "tar -xf"
+endif
 
 " set up shell quoting character
 if !exists("g:tar_shq")
@@ -88,7 +109,6 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
   if !executable(g:tar_cmd)
    redraw!
    echohl Error | echo '***error*** (tar#Browse) "'.g:tar_cmd.'" not available on your system'
-"   call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
    let &report= repkeep
 "   call Dret("tar#Browse")
    return
@@ -99,7 +119,6 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
     " if its an url, don't complain, let url-handlers such as vim do its thing
     redraw!
     echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Browse) File not readable<".a:tarfile.">" | echohl None
-"    call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
    endif
    let &report= repkeep
 "   call Dret("tar#Browse : file<".a:tarfile."> not readable")
@@ -130,37 +149,38 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
   let tarfile= a:tarfile
   if has("win32") && executable("cygpath")
    " assuming cygwin
-   let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".s:Escape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
+   let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
   endif
   let curlast= line("$")
   if tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\|tgz\)$'
-"   call Decho("1: exe silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
-   exe "silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+"   call Decho("1: exe silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
+   exe "silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.lrp'
-"   call Decho("2: exe silent r! cat -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,1)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
-   exe "silent r! cat -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,1)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+"   call Decho("2: exe silent r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
+   exe "silent r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.bz2$'
-"   call Decho("3: exe silent r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
-   exe "silent r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+"   call Decho("3: exe silent r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
+   exe "silent r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.lzma$'
+"   call Decho("3: exe silent r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
+   exe "silent r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
   else
    if tarfile =~ '^\s*-'
-    " A file name starting with a dash may be taken as an option.  Prepend ./ to avoid that.
+    " A file name starting with a dash is taken as an option.  Prepend ./ to avoid that.
     let tarfile = substitute(tarfile, '-', './-', '')
    endif
-"   call Decho("4: exe silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." ".s:Escape(tarfile,1))
-   exe "silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." ".s:Escape(tarfile,1)
+"   call Decho("4: exe silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
+   exe "silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." ".shellescape(tarfile,1)
   endif
   if v:shell_error != 0
    redraw!
    echohl WarningMsg | echo "***warning*** (tar#Browse) please check your g:tar_browseoptions<".g:tar_browseoptions.">"
-"   call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
 "   call Dret("tar#Browse : a:tarfile<".a:tarfile.">")
    return
   endif
   if line("$") == curlast || ( line("$") == (curlast + 1) && getline("$") =~ '\c\%(warning\|error\|inappropriate\|unrecognized\)')
    redraw!
    echohl WarningMsg | echo "***warning*** (tar#Browse) ".a:tarfile." doesn't appear to be a tar file" | echohl None
-"   call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
    silent %d
    let eikeep= &ei
    set ei=BufReadCmd,FileReadCmd
@@ -189,7 +209,7 @@ fun! s:TarBrowseSelect()
 
   if !exists("g:tar_secure") && fname =~ '^\s*-\|\s\+-'
    redraw!
-   echohl WarningMsg | echo '***error*** (tar#BrowseSelect) rejecting tarfile member<'.fname.'> because of embedded "-"; See :help tar-options'
+   echohl WarningMsg | echo '***warning*** (tar#BrowseSelect) rejecting tarfile member<'.fname.'> because of embedded "-"'
 "   call Dret('tar#BrowseSelect : rejecting tarfile member<'.fname.'> because of embedded "-"')
    return
   endif
@@ -206,7 +226,7 @@ fun! s:TarBrowseSelect()
   let curfile= expand("%")
   if has("win32") && executable("cygpath")
    " assuming cygwin
-   let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".s:Escape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
+   let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
   endif
 
   new
@@ -231,21 +251,24 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
   let fname   = substitute(a:fname,'tarfile:.\{-}::\(.*\)$','\1','')
   if has("win32") && executable("cygpath")
    " assuming cygwin
-   let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".s:Escape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
+   let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
   endif
 "  call Decho("tarfile<".tarfile.">")
 "  call Decho("fname<".fname.">")
 
-  if      fname =~ '\.gz$'  && executable("zcat")
+  if  fname =~ '\.bz2$' && executable("bzcat")
+   let decmp= "|bzcat"
+   let doro = 1
+  elseif      fname =~ '\.gz$'  && executable("zcat")
    let decmp= "|zcat"
    let doro = 1
-  elseif  fname =~ '\.bz2$' && executable("bzcat")
-   let decmp= "|bzcat"
+  elseif  fname =~ '\.lzma$' && executable("lzcat")
+   let decmp= "|lzcat"
    let doro = 1
   else
    let decmp=""
    let doro = 0
-   if fname =~ '\.gz$\|\.bz2$\|\.Z$\|\.zip$'
+   if fname =~ '\.bz2$\|\.gz$\|\.lzma$\|\.zip$\|\.Z$'
     setlocal bin
    endif
   endif
@@ -255,22 +278,25 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
   else
    let tar_secure= " "
   endif
-  if tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\|tgz\)$'
-"   call Decho("5: exe silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd.' -'.g:tar_readoptions.' - '.tar_secure.s:Escape(fname,1))
-   exe "silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.s:Escape(fname,1).decmp
+  if tarfile =~# '\.bz2$'
+"   call Decho("7: exe silent r! bzip2 -d -c ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
+   exe "silent r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\|tgz\)$'
+"   call Decho("5: exe silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd.' -'.g:tar_readoptions.' - '.tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1))
+   exe "silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.lrp$'
-"   call Decho("6: exe silent r! cat ".s:Escape(tarfile,1)." | gzip -d -c - | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.s:Escape(fname,1).decmp)
-   exe "silent r! cat -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,1)." | gzip -d -c - | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.s:Escape(fname,1).decmp
-  elseif tarfile =~# '\.bz2$'
-"   call Decho("7: exe silent r! bzip2 -d -c ".s:Escape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.s:Escape(fname,1).decmp)
-   exe "silent r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.s:Escape(fname,1).decmp
+"   call Decho("6: exe silent r! cat ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | gzip -d -c - | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
+   exe "silent r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | gzip -d -c - | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.lzma$'
+"   call Decho("7: exe silent r! lzma -d -c ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
+   exe "silent r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
   else
    if tarfile =~ '^\s*-'
-    " A file name starting with a dash may be taken as an option.  Prepend ./ to avoid that.
+    " A file name starting with a dash is taken as an option.  Prepend ./ to avoid that.
     let tarfile = substitute(tarfile, '-', './-', '')
    endif
-"   call Decho("8: exe silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." "s:Escape(tarfile,1).tar_secure..s:Escape(fname,1).decmp)
-   exe "silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." ".s:Escape(tarfile,1).tar_secure.s:Escape(fname,1).decmp
+"   call Decho("8: exe silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions.tar_secure.shellescape(tarfile,1)." ".shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
+   exe "silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions.shellescape(tarfile,1)." ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
   endif
 
   if doro
@@ -298,7 +324,7 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
 
   if !exists("g:tar_secure") && a:fname =~ '^\s*-\|\s\+-'
    redraw!
-   echohl WarningMsg | echo '***error*** (tar#Write) rejecting tarfile member<'.a:fname.'> because of embedded "-"; See :help tar-options'
+   echohl WarningMsg | echo '***warning*** (tar#Write) rejecting tarfile member<'.a:fname.'> because of embedded "-"'
 "   call Dret('tar#Write : rejecting tarfile member<'.fname.'> because of embedded "-"')
    return
   endif
@@ -307,7 +333,6 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
   if !executable(g:tar_cmd)
    redraw!
    echohl Error | echo '***error*** (tar#Browse) "'.g:tar_cmd.'" not available on your system'
-"   call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
    let &report= repkeep
 "   call Dret("tar#Write")
    return
@@ -315,7 +340,6 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
   if !exists("*mkdir")
    redraw!
    echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, mkdir() doesn't work on your system" | echohl None
-"   call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
    let &report= repkeep
 "   call Dret("tar#Write")
    return
@@ -336,7 +360,6 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
   catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E344/
    redraw!
    echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) cannot cd to temporary directory" | Echohl None
-"   call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
    let &report= repkeep
 "   call Dret("tar#Write")
    return
@@ -355,21 +378,26 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
   let fname   = substitute(w:tarfile,'tarfile:.\{-}::\(.*\)$','\1','')
 
   " handle compressed archives
-  if tarfile =~# '\.gz'
-   call system("gzip -d -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,0))
+  if tarfile =~# '\.bz2'
+   call system("bzip2 -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
+   let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.bz2','','e')
+   let compress= "bzip2 -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0)
+"   call Decho("compress<".compress.">")
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.gz'
+   call system("gzip -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
    let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.gz','','e')
-   let compress= "gzip -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,0)
+   let compress= "gzip -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0)
+"   call Decho("compress<".compress.">")
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.lzma'
+   call system("lzma -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
+   let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.lzma','','e')
+   let compress= "lzma -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0)
 "   call Decho("compress<".compress.">")
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.tgz'
-   call system("gzip -d -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,0))
+   call system("gzip -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
    let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.tgz','.tar','e')
-   let compress= "gzip -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,0)
+   let compress= "gzip -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0)
    let tgz     = 1
-"   call Decho("compress<".compress.">")
-  elseif tarfile =~# '\.bz2'
-   call system("bzip2 -d -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,0))
-   let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.bz2','','e')
-   let compress= "bzip2 -- ".s:Escape(tarfile,0)
 "   call Decho("compress<".compress.">")
   endif
 "  call Decho("tarfile<".tarfile.">")
@@ -377,7 +405,6 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
   if v:shell_error != 0
    redraw!
    echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".tarfile." with ".fname | echohl None
-"   call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
   else
 
 "   call Decho("tarfile<".tarfile."> fname<".fname.">")
@@ -385,7 +412,7 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
    if fname =~ '/'
     let dirpath = substitute(fname,'/[^/]\+$','','e')
     if executable("cygpath")
-     let dirpath = substitute(system("cygpath ".s:Escape(dirpath, 0)),'\n','','e')
+     let dirpath = substitute(system("cygpath ".shellescape(dirpath, 0)),'\n','','e')
     endif
     call mkdir(dirpath,"p")
    endif
@@ -405,25 +432,23 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
    endif
    exe "w! ".fnameescape(fname)
    if executable("cygpath")
-    let tarfile = substitute(system("cygpath ".s:Escape(tarfile,0)),'\n','','e')
+    let tarfile = substitute(system("cygpath ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n','','e')
    endif
  
    " delete old file from tarfile
-"   call Decho("system(".g:tar_cmd." --delete -f ".s:Escape(tarfile,0)." -- ".s:Escape(fname,0).")")
-   call system(g:tar_cmd." --delete -f ".s:Escape(tarfile,0).tar_secure.s:Escape(fname,0))
+"   call Decho("system(".g:tar_cmd." --delete -f ".shellescape(tarfile,0)." -- ".shellescape(fname,0).")")
+   call system(g:tar_cmd." --delete -f ".shellescape(tarfile,0).tar_secure.shellescape(fname,0))
    if v:shell_error != 0
     redraw!
     echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".fnameescape(tarfile)." with ".fnameescape(fname) | echohl None
-"    call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
    else
  
     " update tarfile with new file 
-"    call Decho(g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_writeoptions." ".s:Escape(tarfile,0).tar_secure.s:Escape(fname,0))
-    call system(g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_writeoptions." ".s:Escape(tarfile,0).tar_secure.s:Escape(fname,0))
+"    call Decho(g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_writeoptions." ".shellescape(tarfile,0).tar_secure.shellescape(fname,0))
+    call system(g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_writeoptions." ".shellescape(tarfile,0).tar_secure.shellescape(fname,0))
     if v:shell_error != 0
      redraw!
      echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".fnameescape(tarfile)." with ".fnameescape(fname) | echohl None
-"     call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
     elseif exists("compress")
 "     call Decho("call system(".compress.")")
      call system(compress)
@@ -439,13 +464,13 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
 "    call Decho("handle writing <".tarfile."> across network to <".s:tblfile_{winnr()}.">")
     let tblfile= s:tblfile_{winnr()}
     1split|enew
-    let binkeep= &binary
+    let binkeep= &l:binary
     let eikeep = &ei
     set binary ei=all
     exe "e! ".fnameescape(tarfile)
     call netrw#NetWrite(tblfile)
-    let &ei     = eikeep
-    let &binary = binkeep
+    let &ei       = eikeep
+    let &l:binary = binkeep
     q!
     unlet s:tblfile_{winnr()}
    endif
@@ -462,38 +487,98 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" Rmdir: {{{2
+" s:Rmdir: {{{2
 fun! s:Rmdir(fname)
 "  call Dfunc("Rmdir(fname<".a:fname.">)")
   if has("unix")
-   call system("/bin/rm -rf -- ".s:Escape(a:fname,0))
+   call system("/bin/rm -rf -- ".shellescape(a:fname,0))
   elseif has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
    if &shell =~? "sh$"
-    call system("/bin/rm -rf -- ".s:Escape(a:fname,0))
+    call system("/bin/rm -rf -- ".shellescape(a:fname,0))
    else
-    call system("del /S ".s:Escape(a:fname,0))
+    call system("del /S ".shellescape(a:fname,0))
    endif
   endif
 "  call Dret("Rmdir")
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" s:Escape: {{{2
-fun s:Escape(name,isfilt)
-  " shellescape() was added by patch 7.0.111
-  if exists("*shellescape")
-   if a:isfilt
-    let qnameq= shellescape(a:name,1)
+" tar#Vimuntar: installs a tarball in the user's .vim / vimfiles directory {{{2
+fun! tar#Vimuntar(...)
+"  call Dfunc("tar#Vimuntar() a:0=".a:0." a:1<".(exists("a:1")? a:1 : "-n/a-").">")
+  let tarball = expand("%")
+"  call Decho("tarball<".tarball.">")
+  let tarbase = substitute(tarball,'\..*$','','')
+"  call Decho("tarbase<".tarbase.">")
+  let tarhome = expand("%:p")
+  if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+   let tarhome= substitute(tarhome,'\\','/','g')
+  endif
+  let tarhome= substitute(tarhome,'/[^/]*$','','')
+"  call Decho("tarhome<".tarhome.">")
+  let tartail = expand("%:t")
+"  call Decho("tartail<".tartail.">")
+  let curdir  = getcwd()
+"  call Decho("curdir <".curdir.">")
+  " set up vimhome
+  if a:0 > 0 && a:1 != ""
+   let vimhome= a:1
+  else
+   let vimhome= vimball#VimballHome()
+  endif
+"  call Decho("vimhome<".vimhome.">")
+
+"  call Decho("curdir<".curdir."> vimhome<".vimhome.">")
+  if simplify(curdir) != simplify(vimhome)
+   " copy (possibly compressed) tarball to .vim/vimfiles
+"   call Decho(netrw#WinPath(g:tar_copycmd)." ".shellescape(tartail)." ".shellescape(vimhome))
+   call system(netrw#WinPath(g:tar_copycmd)." ".shellescape(tartail)." ".shellescape(vimhome))
+"   call Decho("exe cd ".fnameescape(vimhome))
+   exe "cd ".fnameescape(vimhome)
+  endif
+"  call Decho("getcwd<".getcwd().">")
+
+  " if necessary, decompress the tarball; then, extract it
+  if tartail =~ '\.tgz'
+   if executable("gunzip")
+    silent exe "!gunzip ".shellescape(tartail)
+   elseif executable("gzip")
+    silent exe "!gzip -d ".shellescape(tartail)
    else
-    let qnameq= shellescape(a:name)
+    echoerr "unable to decompress<".tartail."> on this sytem"
+    if simplify(curdir) != simplify(tarhome)
+     " remove decompressed tarball, restore directory
+"     call Decho("delete(".tartail.".tar)")
+     call delete(tartail.".tar")
+"     call Decho("exe cd ".fnameescape(curdir))
+     exe "cd ".fnameescape(curdir)
+    endif
+"    call Dret("tar#Vimuntar")
+    return
    endif
   else
-   let qnameq= g:tar_shq . a:name . g:tar_shq
+   call vimball#Decompress(tartail,0)
   endif
-  return qnameq
+  let extractcmd= netrw#WinPath(g:tar_extractcmd)
+"  call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase.".tar").")")
+  call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase.".tar"))
+
+  " set up help
+  if filereadable("doc/".tarbase.".txt")
+"   call Decho("exe helptags ".getcwd()."/doc")
+   exe "helptags ".getcwd()."/doc"
+  endif
+
+  if simplify(tarhome) != simplify(vimhome)
+   " remove decompressed tarball, restore directory
+   call delete(vimhome."/".tarbase.".tar")
+   exe "cd ".fnameescape(curdir)
+  endif
+
+"  call Dret("tar#Vimuntar")
 endfun
 
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" =====================================================================
 " Modelines And Restoration: {{{1
 let &cpo= s:keepcpo
 unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/autoload/vimball.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 " vimball.vim : construct a file containing both paths and files
 " Author:	Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-" Date:		Jul 30, 2008
-" Version:	29
+" Date:		Apr 12, 2010
+" Version:	31
 " GetLatestVimScripts: 1502 1 :AutoInstall: vimball.vim
-" Copyright: (c) 2004-2008 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
+" Copyright: (c) 2004-2009 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
 "            The VIM LICENSE applies to Vimball.vim, and Vimball.txt
 "            (see |copyright|) except use "Vimball" instead of "Vim".
 "            No warranty, express or implied.
@@ -11,11 +11,17 @@
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 "  Load Once: {{{1
-if &cp || exists("g:loaded_vimball") || v:version < 700
+if &cp || exists("g:loaded_vimball")
  finish
 endif
-let s:keepcpo        = &cpo
-let g:loaded_vimball = "v29"
+let g:loaded_vimball = "v31"
+if v:version < 702
+ echohl WarningMsg
+ echo "***warning*** this version of vimball needs vim 7.2"
+ echohl Normal
+ finish
+endif
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 "DechoTabOn
 
@@ -52,30 +58,6 @@ if !exists("s:USAGE")
    call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,"(vimball) g:vimball_mkdir undefined")
   endif
  endif
-
- " set up shell quoting character
- if exists("g:vimball_shq") && !exists("g:netrw_shq")
-  let g:netrw_shq= g:vimball_shq
- endif
- if !exists("g:netrw_shq")
-  if exists("&shq") && &shq != ""
-   let g:netrw_shq= &shq
-  elseif has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
-   if g:netrw_cygwin
-    let g:netrw_shq= "'"
-   else
-    let g:netrw_shq= '"'
-   endif
-  else
-   let g:netrw_shq= "'"
-  endif
-" call Decho("g:netrw_shq<".g:netrw_shq.">")
- endif
-
- " set up escape string (used to protect paths)
- if !exists("g:vimball_path_escape")
-  let g:vimball_path_escape= ' ;#%'
- endif
 endif
 
 " =====================================================================
@@ -106,8 +88,8 @@ fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,...) range
    let vbname= vbname.'.vba'
   endif
 "  call Decho("vbname<".vbname.">")
-  if a:1 =~ '[\/]'
-   call vimball#ShowMesg(s:ERROR,"(MkVimball) vimball name<".a:1."> should not include slashes")
+  if !a:writelevel && a:1 =~ '[\/]'
+   call vimball#ShowMesg(s:ERROR,"(MkVimball) vimball name<".a:1."> should not include slashes; use ! to insist")
 "   call Dret("MkVimball : vimball name<".a:1."> should not include slashes")
    return
   endif
@@ -125,7 +107,7 @@ fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,...) range
    let home= expand(a:2)
   else
    " use first existing directory from rtp
-   let home= s:VimballHome()
+   let home= vimball#VimballHome()
   endif
 
   " save current directory
@@ -218,7 +200,7 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
    return
   endif
 
-  if getline(1) !~ '^" Vimball Archiver by Charles E. Campbell, Jr., Ph.D.$'
+  if getline(1) !~ '^" Vimball Archiver'
    echoerr "(Vimball) The current file does not appear to be a Vimball!"
 "   call Dret("vimball#Vimball")
    return
@@ -240,7 +222,7 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
   if a:0 > 0
    let home= expand(a:1)
   else
-   let home= s:VimballHome()
+   let home= vimball#VimballHome()
   endif
 "  call Decho("home<".home.">")
 
@@ -272,7 +254,9 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
   while 1 < linenr && linenr < line("$")
    let fname   = substitute(getline(linenr),'\t\[\[\[1$','','')
    let fname   = substitute(fname,'\\','/','g')
-   let fsize   = getline(linenr+1)+0
+"   let fsize   = getline(linenr+1)+0
+   let fsize   = substitute(getline(linenr+1),'^\(\d\+\).\{-}$','\1','')+0
+   let fenc    = substitute(getline(linenr+1),'^\d\+\s*\(\S\+\)$','\1','')
    let filecnt = filecnt + 1
 "   call Decho("fname<".fname."> fsize=".fsize." filecnt=".filecnt)
 
@@ -307,7 +291,7 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
      if !isdirectory(dirname)
 "      call Decho("making <".dirname.">")
       if exists("g:vimball_mkdir")
-	   call system(g:vimball_mkdir." ".s:Escape(dirname))
+	   call system(g:vimball_mkdir." ".shellescape(dirname))
       else
        call mkdir(dirname)
       endif
@@ -337,9 +321,13 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
    if a:really
     let fnamepath= home."/".fname
 "    call Decho("exe w! ".fnameescape(fnamepath))
-	exe "silent w! ".fnameescape(fnamepath)
-    echo "wrote ".fnamepath
-	call s:RecordInVar(home,"call delete('".fnameescape(fnamepath)."')")
+	if fenc != ""
+	 exe "silent w! ++enc=".fnameescape(fenc)." ".fnameescape(fnamepath)
+	else
+	 exe "silent w! ".fnameescape(fnamepath)
+	endif
+	echo "wrote ".fnameescape(fnamepath)
+	call s:RecordInVar(home,"call delete('".fnamepath."')")
    endif
 
    " return to tab with vimball
@@ -418,7 +406,7 @@ fun! vimball#RmVimball(...)
   if a:0 >= 2
    let home= expand(a:2)
   else
-   let home= s:VimballHome()
+   let home= vimball#VimballHome()
   endif
   let curdir = getcwd()
 "  call Decho("home   <".home.">")
@@ -432,19 +420,20 @@ fun! vimball#RmVimball(...)
    keepalt keepjumps 1split 
    silent! keepalt keepjumps e .VimballRecord
    let keepsrch= @/
-"   call Decho("search for ^".curfile.".vba:")
-"   call Decho("search for ^".curfile."[-0-9.]*.vba:")
-   if search('^'.curfile.": ".'cw')
+"   call Decho('search for ^\M'.curfile.'.\m: ')
+"   call Decho('search for ^\M'.curfile.'.\mvba: ')
+"   call Decho('search for ^\M'.curfile.'\m[-0-9.]*\.vba: ')
+   if search('^\M'.curfile."\m: ".'cw')
 	let foundit= 1
-   elseif search('^'.curfile.".vba: ",'cw')
+   elseif search('^\M'.curfile.".\mvba: ",'cw')
 	let foundit= 1
-   elseif search('^'.curfile.'[-0-9.]*.vba: ','cw')
+   elseif search('^\M'.curfile.'\m[-0-9.]*\.vba: ','cw')
 	let foundit= 1
    else
     let foundit = 0
    endif
    if foundit
-	let exestring  = substitute(getline("."),'^'.curfile.'\S\{-}\.vba: ','','')
+	let exestring  = substitute(getline("."),'^\M'.curfile.'\m\S\{-}\.vba: ','','')
     let s:VBRstring= substitute(exestring,'call delete(','','g')
     let s:VBRstring= substitute(s:VBRstring,"[')]",'','g')
 "	call Decho("exe ".exestring)
@@ -472,62 +461,62 @@ endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " vimball#Decompress: attempts to automatically decompress vimballs {{{2
-fun! vimball#Decompress(fname)
-"  call Dfunc("Decompress(fname<".a:fname.">)")
+fun! vimball#Decompress(fname,...)
+"  call Dfunc("Decompress(fname<".a:fname.">) a:0=".a:0)
 
   " decompression:
   if     expand("%") =~ '.*\.gz'  && executable("gunzip")
    " handle *.gz with gunzip
-   silent exe "!gunzip ".s:Escape(a:fname)
+   silent exe "!gunzip ".shellescape(a:fname)
    if v:shell_error != 0
 	call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,"(vimball#Decompress) gunzip may have failed with <".a:fname.">")
    endif
    let fname= substitute(a:fname,'\.gz$','','')
    exe "e ".escape(fname,' \')
-   call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)")
+   if a:0 == 0| call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)") | endif
 
   elseif expand("%") =~ '.*\.gz' && executable("gzip")
    " handle *.gz with gzip -d
-   silent exe "!gzip -d ".s:Escape(a:fname)
+   silent exe "!gzip -d ".shellescape(a:fname)
    if v:shell_error != 0
 	call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,'(vimball#Decompress) "gzip -d" may have failed with <'.a:fname.">")
    endif
    let fname= substitute(a:fname,'\.gz$','','')
    exe "e ".escape(fname,' \')
-   call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)")
+   if a:0 == 0| call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)") | endif
 
   elseif expand("%") =~ '.*\.bz2' && executable("bunzip2")
    " handle *.bz2 with bunzip2
-   silent exe "!bunzip2 ".s:Escape(a:fname)
+   silent exe "!bunzip2 ".shellescape(a:fname)
    if v:shell_error != 0
 	call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,"(vimball#Decompress) bunzip2 may have failed with <".a:fname.">")
    endif
    let fname= substitute(a:fname,'\.bz2$','','')
    exe "e ".escape(fname,' \')
-   call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)")
+   if a:0 == 0| call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)") | endif
 
   elseif expand("%") =~ '.*\.bz2' && executable("bzip2")
    " handle *.bz2 with bzip2 -d
-   silent exe "!bzip2 -d ".s:Escape(a:fname)
+   silent exe "!bzip2 -d ".shellescape(a:fname)
    if v:shell_error != 0
 	call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,'(vimball#Decompress) "bzip2 -d" may have failed with <'.a:fname.">")
    endif
    let fname= substitute(a:fname,'\.bz2$','','')
    exe "e ".escape(fname,' \')
-   call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)")
+   if a:0 == 0| call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)") | endif
 
   elseif expand("%") =~ '.*\.zip' && executable("unzip")
    " handle *.zip with unzip
-   silent exe "!unzip ".s:Escape(a:fname)
+   silent exe "!unzip ".shellescape(a:fname)
    if v:shell_error != 0
 	call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,"(vimball#Decompress) unzip may have failed with <".a:fname.">")
    endif
    let fname= substitute(a:fname,'\.zip$','','')
    exe "e ".escape(fname,' \')
-   call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)")
+   if a:0 == 0| call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)") | endif
   endif
 
-  set noma bt=nofile fmr=[[[,]]] fdm=marker
+  if a:0 == 0| setlocal noma bt=nofile fmr=[[[,]]] fdm=marker | endif
 
 "  call Dret("Decompress")
 endfun
@@ -536,20 +525,21 @@ endfun
 " vimball#ShowMesg: {{{2
 fun! vimball#ShowMesg(level,msg)
 "  call Dfunc("vimball#ShowMesg(level=".a:level." msg<".a:msg.">)")
+
   let rulerkeep   = &ruler
   let showcmdkeep = &showcmd
   set noruler noshowcmd
   redraw!
 
   if &fo =~ '[ta]'
-   echomsg "***vimball*** " a:msg
+   echomsg "***vimball*** ".a:msg
   else
    if a:level == s:WARNING || a:level == s:USAGE
     echohl WarningMsg
    elseif a:level == s:ERROR
     echohl Error
    endif
-   echomsg "***vimball*** " a:msg
+   echomsg "***vimball*** ".a:msg
    echohl None
   endif
 
@@ -646,9 +636,9 @@ fun! s:RecordInFile(home)
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" s:VimballHome: determine/get home directory path (usually from rtp) {{{2
-fun! s:VimballHome()
-"  call Dfunc("VimballHome()")
+" vimball#VimballHome: determine/get home directory path (usually from rtp) {{{2
+fun! vimball#VimballHome()
+"  call Dfunc("vimball#VimballHome()")
   if exists("g:vimball_home")
    let home= g:vimball_home
   else
@@ -674,14 +664,14 @@ fun! s:VimballHome()
   if !isdirectory(home)
    if exists("g:vimball_mkdir")
 "	call Decho("home<".home."> isn't a directory -- making it now with g:vimball_mkdir<".g:vimball_mkdir.">")
-"    call Decho("system(".g:vimball_mkdir." ".s:Escape(home).")")
-    call system(g:vimball_mkdir." ".s:Escape(home))
+"    call Decho("system(".g:vimball_mkdir." ".shellescape(home).")")
+    call system(g:vimball_mkdir." ".shellescape(home))
    else
 "	call Decho("home<".home."> isn't a directory -- making it now with mkdir()")
     call mkdir(home)
    endif
   endif
-"  call Dret("VimballHome <".home.">")
+"  call Dret("vimball#VimballHome <".home.">")
   return home
 endfun
 
@@ -742,21 +732,6 @@ fun! vimball#RestoreSettings()
 "  call Dret("RestoreSettings")
 endfun
 
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" s:Escape: {{{2
-fun s:Escape(name)
-  " shellescape() was added by patch 7.0.111
-  if exists("*shellescape")
-    return shellescape(a:name)
-  endif
-  return g:netrw_shq . a:name . g:netrw_shq
-endfun
-
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-"  Restore:
-let &cpo= s:keepcpo
-unlet s:keepcpo
-
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " Modelines: {{{1
 " vim: fdm=marker

runtime/autoload/zip.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " zip.vim: Handles browsing zipfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:		Jul 30, 2008
-" Version:	22
+" Date:		Apr 12, 2010
+" Version:	23
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
 " License:	Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
@@ -16,13 +16,19 @@
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " Load Once: {{{1
-let s:keepcpo= &cpo
-set cpo&vim
-if &cp || exists("g:loaded_zip") || v:version < 700
+if &cp || exists("g:loaded_zip")
  finish
 endif
+let g:loaded_zip= "v23"
+if v:version < 702
+ echohl WarningMsg
+ echo "***warning*** this version of zip needs vim 7.2"
+ echohl Normal
+ finish
+endif
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
-let g:loaded_zip     = "v22"
 let s:zipfile_escape = ' ?&;\'
 let s:ERROR          = 2
 let s:WARNING        = 1

runtime/colors/desert.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 " Vim color file
 " Maintainer:	Hans Fugal <hans@fugal.net>
-" Last Change:	$Date$
-" Last Change:	$Date$
+" Last Change:	$Date: 2004/06/13 19:30:30 $
+" Last Change:	$Date: 2004/06/13 19:30:30 $
 " URL:		http://hans.fugal.net/vim/colors/desert.vim
-" Version:	$Id$
+" Version:	$Id: desert.vim,v 1.1 2004/06/13 19:30:30 vimboss Exp $
 
 " cool help screens
 " :he group-name

runtime/compiler/decada.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 "  Description: Vim Ada/Dec Ada compiler file
 "     Language: Ada (Dec Ada)
-"          $Id$
+"          $Id: decada.vim 887 2008-07-08 14:29:01Z krischik $
 "    Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
 "   Maintainer:	Martin Krischik <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>
-"      $Author$
-"        $Date$
+"      $Author: krischik $
+"        $Date: 2008-07-08 16:29:01 +0200 (Di, 08 Jul 2008) $
 "      Version: 4.6
-"    $Revision$
+"    $Revision: 887 $
 "     $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/compiler/decada.vim $
 "      History: 21.07.2006 MK New Dec Ada
 "               15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration

runtime/compiler/eruby.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Language:		eRuby
 " Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Info:			$Id$
+" Info:			$Id: eruby.vim,v 1.7 2008/06/29 04:18:42 tpope Exp $
 " URL:			http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
 " Anon CVS:		See above site
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>

runtime/compiler/fortran_g77.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:     g77 (GNU Fortran)
 " Maintainer:   Ralf Wildenhues <Ralf.Wildenhues@gmx.de>
-" Last Change:  $Date$
-" $Revision$
+" Last Change:  $Date: 2004/06/13 18:17:36 $
+" $Revision: 1.1 $
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish

runtime/compiler/gcc.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:         GNU C Compiler
 " Maintainer:       Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:  2006-12-20
+" Latest Revision:  2009-05-01
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -12,10 +12,13 @@ let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo-=C
 
 CompilerSet errorformat=
+      \%*[^\"]\"%f\"%*\\D%l:%c:\ %m,
       \%*[^\"]\"%f\"%*\\D%l:\ %m,
+      \\"%f\"%*\\D%l:%c:\ %m,
       \\"%f\"%*\\D%l:\ %m,
       \%-G%f:%l:\ %trror:\ (Each\ undeclared\ identifier\ is\ reported\ only\ once,
       \%-G%f:%l:\ %trror:\ for\ each\ function\ it\ appears\ in.),
+      \%f:%l:%c:\ %m,
       \%f:%l:\ %m,
       \\"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l%*\\D%c%*[^\ ]\ %m,
       \%D%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Entering\ directory\ `%f',

runtime/compiler/gnat.vim

@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 "  Description: Vim Ada/GNAT compiler file
 "     Language: Ada (GNAT)
-"          $Id$
+"          $Id: gnat.vim 887 2008-07-08 14:29:01Z krischik $
 "    Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
 "   Maintainer:	Martin Krischi <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>k
 "		Ned Okie <nokie@radford.edu>
-"      $Author$
-"        $Date$
+"      $Author: krischik $
+"        $Date: 2008-07-08 16:29:01 +0200 (Di, 08 Jul 2008) $
 "      Version: 4.6
-"    $Revision$
+"    $Revision: 887 $
 "     $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/compiler/gnat.vim $
 "      History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
 "		16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball

runtime/compiler/jikes.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " Vim Compiler File
 " Compiler:	Jikes
 " Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at hotmail dot com>
-" Last Change:	2004 Mar 27
-" URL:		http://mywebpage.netscape.com/sharppeople/vim/compiler
+" Last Change:	20 Jan 2009
+" URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/compiler
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish

runtime/compiler/rspec.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Language:		RSpec
 " Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.info>
-" Info:			$Id$
+" Info:			$Id: rspec.vim,v 1.2 2008/06/29 04:18:42 tpope Exp $
 " URL:			http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
 " Anon CVS:		See above site
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>

runtime/compiler/ruby.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:		Ruby
 " Function:		Syntax check and/or error reporting
 " Maintainer:		Tim Hammerquist <timh at rubyforge.org>
-" Info:			$Id$
+" Info:			$Id: ruby.vim,v 1.13 2008/06/29 04:18:43 tpope Exp $
 " URL:			http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
 " Anon CVS:		See above site
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>

runtime/compiler/rubyunit.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Language:		Test::Unit - Ruby Unit Testing Framework
 " Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Info:			$Id$
+" Info:			$Id: rubyunit.vim,v 1.12 2008/06/29 04:18:43 tpope Exp $
 " URL:			http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
 " Anon CVS:		See above site
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>

runtime/compiler/splint.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:   Ralf Wildenhues <Ralf.Wildenhues@gmx.de>
 " Splint Home:	http://www.splint.org/
 " Last Change:  2005 Apr 21
-" $Revision$
+" $Revision: 1.3 $
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jun 27
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2010 May 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -59,10 +59,10 @@ Note: The ":autocmd" command cannot be followed by another command, since any
 :au[tocmd] [group] {event} {pat} [nested] {cmd}
 			Add {cmd} to the list of commands that Vim will
 			execute automatically on {event} for a file matching
-			{pat}.  Vim always adds the {cmd} after existing
-			autocommands, so that the autocommands execute in the
-			order in which they were given.  See |autocmd-nested|
-			for [nested].
+			{pat} |autocmd-patterns|.
+			Vim always adds the {cmd} after existing autocommands,
+			so that the autocommands execute in the order in which
+			they were given.  See |autocmd-nested| for [nested].
 
 The special pattern <buffer> or <buffer=N> defines a buffer-local autocommand.
 See |autocmd-buflocal|.
@@ -335,6 +335,8 @@ BufDelete			Before deleting a buffer from the buffer list.
 				NOTE: When this autocommand is executed, the
 				current buffer "%" may be different from the
 				buffer being deleted "<afile>" and "<abuf>".
+				Don't change to another buffer, it will cause
+				problems.
 							*BufEnter*
 BufEnter			After entering a buffer.  Useful for setting
 				options for a file type.  Also executed when
@@ -397,6 +399,8 @@ BufUnload			Before unloading a buffer.  This is when the
 				NOTE: When this autocommand is executed, the
 				current buffer "%" may be different from the
 				buffer being unloaded "<afile>".
+				Don't change to another buffer, it will cause
+				problems.
 							*BufWinEnter*
 BufWinEnter			After a buffer is displayed in a window.  This
 				can be when the buffer is loaded (after
@@ -428,6 +432,8 @@ BufWipeout			Before completely deleting a buffer.  The
 				NOTE: When this autocommand is executed, the
 				current buffer "%" may be different from the
 				buffer being deleted "<afile>".
+				Don't change to another buffer, it will cause
+				problems.
 						*BufWrite* *BufWritePre*
 BufWrite or BufWritePre		Before writing the whole buffer to a file.
 							*BufWriteCmd*
@@ -545,7 +551,7 @@ FileChangedShell		When Vim notices that the modification time of
 				buffer that was changed "<afile>".
 				NOTE: The commands must not change the current
 				buffer, jump to another buffer or delete a
-				buffer.  *E246*
+				buffer.  *E246* *E811*
 				NOTE: This event never nests, to avoid an
 				endless loop.  This means that while executing
 				commands for the FileChangedShell event no
@@ -672,10 +678,10 @@ MenuPopup			Just before showing the popup menu (under the
 QuickFixCmdPre			Before a quickfix command is run (|:make|,
 				|:lmake|, |:grep|, |:lgrep|, |:grepadd|,
 				|:lgrepadd|, |:vimgrep|, |:lvimgrep|,
-				|:vimgrepadd|, |:lvimgrepadd|). The pattern is
-				matched against the command being run.  When
-				|:grep| is used but 'grepprg' is set to
-				"internal" it still matches "grep".
+				|:vimgrepadd|, |:lvimgrepadd|, |:cscope|).
+				The pattern is matched against the command
+				being run.  When |:grep| is used but 'grepprg'
+				is set to "internal" it still matches "grep".
 				This command cannot be used to set the
 				'makeprg' and 'grepprg' variables.
 				If this command causes an error, the quickfix
@@ -748,8 +754,10 @@ SwapExists			Detected an existing swap file when starting
 					'a'	abort, like hitting CTRL-C
 				When set to an empty string the user will be
 				asked, as if there was no SwapExists autocmd.
-				Note: Do not try to change the buffer, the
-				results are unpredictable.
+							*E812*
+				It is not allowed to change to another buffer,
+				change a buffer name or change directory
+				here.
 							*Syntax*
 Syntax				When the 'syntax' option has been set.  The
 				pattern is matched against the syntax name.
@@ -827,9 +835,9 @@ The file pattern {pat} is tested for a match against the file name in one of
 two ways:
 1. When there is no '/' in the pattern, Vim checks for a match against only
    the tail part of the file name (without its leading directory path).
-2. When there is a '/' in the pattern,  Vim checks for a match against the
-   both short file name (as you typed it) and the full file name (after
-   expanding it to a full path and resolving symbolic links).
+2. When there is a '/' in the pattern, Vim checks for a match against both the
+   short file name (as you typed it) and the full file name (after expanding
+   it to a full path and resolving symbolic links).
 
 The special pattern <buffer> or <buffer=N> is used for buffer-local
 autocommands |autocmd-buflocal|.  This pattern is not matched against the name
@@ -1044,7 +1052,7 @@ option will not cause any commands to be executed.
 						*:doautoa* *:doautoall*
 :doautoa[ll] [group] {event} [fname]
 			Like ":doautocmd", but apply the autocommands to each
-			loaded buffer.  Note that {fname} is used to select
+			loaded buffer.  Note that [fname] is used to select
 			the autocommands, not the buffers to which they are
 			applied.
 			Careful: Don't use this for autocommands that delete a

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jul 24
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2010 Mar 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -506,9 +506,9 @@ comment (starting with '"') after the ":!" command.
 			{filter}.  Vim replaces the optional bangs with the
 			latest given command and appends the optional [arg].
 			Vim saves the output of the filter command in a
-			temporary file and then reads the file into the
-			buffer.  Vim uses the 'shellredir' option to redirect
-			the filter output to the temporary file.
+			temporary file and then reads the file into the buffer
+			|tempfile|.  Vim uses the 'shellredir' option to
+			redirect the filter output to the temporary file.
 			However, if the 'shelltemp' option is off then pipes
 			are used when possible (on Unix).
 			When the 'R' flag is included in 'cpoptions' marks in
@@ -524,7 +524,9 @@ comment (starting with '"') after the ":!" command.
 			option is empty (this is the default), use the
 			internal formatting function |C-indenting|.  But when
 			'indentexpr' is not empty, it will be used instead
-			|indent-expression|.
+			|indent-expression|.  When Vim was compiled without
+			internal formatting then the "indent" program is used
+			as a last resort.
 
 							*==*
 ==			Filter [count] lines like with ={motion}.
@@ -534,6 +536,22 @@ comment (starting with '"') after the ":!" command.
 			{not in Vi}
 
 
+						*tempfile* *setuid*
+Vim uses temporary files for filtering, generating diffs and also for
+tempname().  For Unix, the file will be in a private directory (only
+accessible by the current user) to avoid security problems (e.g., a symlink
+attack or other people reading your file).  When Vim exits the directory and
+all files in it are deleted.  When Vim has the setuid bit set this may cause
+problems, the temp file is owned by the setuid user but the filter command
+probably runs as the original user.
+On MS-DOS and OS/2 the first of these directories that works is used: $TMP,
+$TEMP, c:\TMP, c:\TEMP.
+For Unix the list of directories is: $TMPDIR, /tmp, current-dir, $HOME.
+For MS-Windows the GetTempFileName() system function is used.
+For other systems the tmpnam() library function is used.
+
+
+
 4.2 Substitute						*:substitute*
 							*:s* *:su*
 :[range]s[ubstitute]/{pattern}/{string}/[flags] [count]
@@ -567,7 +585,7 @@ comment (starting with '"') after the ":!" command.
 			":&r".  See |:s_flags| for [flags].
 
 								*&*
-&			Synonym for ":s//~/" (repeat last substitute).  Note
+&			Synonym for ":s" (repeat last substitute).  Note
 			that the flags are not remembered, thus it might
 			actually work differently.  You can use ":&&" to keep
 			the flags.
@@ -861,7 +879,10 @@ inside of strings can change!  Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
 
 							*:reg* *:registers*
 :reg[isters]		Display the contents of all numbered and named
-			registers.  {not in Vi}
+			registers.  If a register is written to for |:redir|
+			it will not be listed.
+			{not in Vi}
+
 
 :reg[isters] {arg}	Display the contents of the numbered and named
 			registers that are mentioned in {arg}.  For example: >
@@ -994,6 +1015,11 @@ register.  With blockwise selection it also depends on the size of the block
 and whether the corners are on an existing character.  (Implementation detail:
 it actually works by first putting the register after the selection and then
 deleting the selection.)
+The previously selected text is put in the unnamed register.  If you want to
+put the same text into a Visual selection several times you need to use
+another register.  E.g., yank the text to copy, Visually select the text to
+replace and use "0p .  You can repeat this as many times as you like, the
+unnamed register will be changed each time.
 
 							*blockwise-register*
 If you use a blockwise Visual mode command to get the text into the register,
@@ -1031,8 +1057,10 @@ There are nine types of registers:			*registers* *E354*
 Vim fills this register with text deleted with the "d", "c", "s", "x" commands
 or copied with the yank "y" command, regardless of whether or not a specific
 register was used (e.g.  "xdd).  This is like the unnamed register is pointing
-to the last used register.  An exception is the '_' register: "_dd does not
-store the deleted text in any register.
+to the last used register.  Thus when appending using an uppercase register
+name, the unnamed register contains the same text as the named register.
+An exception is the '_' register: "_dd does not store the deleted text in any
+register.
 Vim uses the contents of the unnamed register for any put command (p or P)
 which does not specify a register.  Additionally you can access it with the
 name '"'.  This means you have to type two double quotes.  Writing to the ""
@@ -1098,11 +1126,16 @@ normal command-line editing commands are available, including a special
 history for expressions.  When you end the command-line by typing <CR>, Vim
 computes the result of the expression.  If you end it with <Esc>, Vim abandons
 the expression.  If you do not enter an expression, Vim uses the previous
-expression (like with the "/" command).  The expression must evaluate to a
-string.  If the result is a number it's turned into a string.  A List,
-Dictionary or FuncRef results in an error message (use string() to convert).
-If the "= register is used for the "p" command, the string is split up at <NL>
-characters.  If the string ends in a <NL>, it is regarded as a linewise
+expression (like with the "/" command).
+
+The expression must evaluate to a String.  A Number is always automatically
+converted to a String.  For the "p" and ":put" command, if the result is a
+Float it's converted into a String.  If the result is a List each element is
+turned into a String and used as a line.  A Dictionary or FuncRef results in
+an error message (use string() to convert).
+
+If the "= register is used for the "p" command, the String is split up at <NL>
+characters.  If the String ends in a <NL>, it is regarded as a linewise
 register.  {not in Vi}
 
 7. Selection and drop registers "*, "+ and "~ 

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Sep 18
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2010 May 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -118,8 +118,6 @@ CTRL-U		Remove all characters between the cursor position and
 		preferred behavior, add the following to your .vimrc: >
 			:cnoremap <C-U> <C-E><C-U>
 <
-		Note: if the command-line becomes empty with one of the
-		delete commands, Command-line mode is quit.
 							*c_<Insert>*
 <Insert>	Toggle between insert and overstrike.  {not in Vi}
 
@@ -441,13 +439,20 @@ between files with almost the same name.  If there are multiple matches,
 those files with an extension that is in the 'suffixes' option are ignored.
 The default is ".bak,~,.o,.h,.info,.swp,.obj", which means that files ending
 in ".bak", "~", ".o", ".h", ".info", ".swp" and ".obj" are sometimes ignored.
-It is impossible to ignore suffixes with two dots.  Examples:
+
+An empty entry, two consecutive commas, match a file name that does not
+contain a ".", thus has no suffix.  This is useful to ignore "prog" and prefer
+"prog.c".
+
+Examples:
 
   pattern:	files:				match:	~
    test*	test.c test.h test.o		test.c
    test*	test.h test.o			test.h and test.o
    test*	test.i test.h test.c		test.i and test.c
 
+It is impossible to ignore suffixes with two dots.
+
 If there is more than one matching file (after ignoring the ones matching
 the 'suffixes' option) the first file name is inserted.  You can see that
 there is only one match when you type 'wildchar' twice and the completed
@@ -478,14 +483,14 @@ And this in your .vimrc: >
 
 The Ex commands have a few specialties:
 
-							*:quote*
+							*:quote* *:comment*
 '"' at the start of a line causes the whole line to be ignored.  '"'
 after a command causes the rest of the line to be ignored.  This can be used
 to add comments.  Example: >
 	:set ai		"set 'autoindent' option
 It is not possible to add a comment to a shell command ":!cmd" or to the
-":map" command and friends, because they see the '"' as part of their
-argument.
+":map" command and a few others, because they see the '"' as part of their
+argument.  This is mentioned where the command is explained.
 
 							*:bar* *:\bar*
 '|' can be used to separate commands, so you can give multiple commands in one
@@ -517,6 +522,7 @@ followed by another Vim command:
     :registers
     :read !
     :scscope
+    :sign
     :tcl
     :tcldo
     :tclfile
@@ -737,8 +743,8 @@ characters have a special meaning.  These can also be used in the expression
 function expand() |expand()|.
 	%	Is replaced with the current file name.		  *:_%* *c_%*
 	#	Is replaced with the alternate file name.	  *:_#* *c_#*
-	#n	(where n is a number) is replaced with the file name of
-		buffer n.  "#0" is the same as "#".
+	#n	(where n is a number) is replaced with		  *:_#0* *:_#n*
+		the file name of buffer n.  "#0" is the same as "#".     *c_#n*
 	##	Is replaced with all names in the argument list	  *:_##* *c_##*
 		concatenated, separated by spaces.  Each space in a name
 		is preceded with a backslash.
@@ -942,7 +948,7 @@ for the file "$home" in the root directory.  A few examples:
 
 ==============================================================================
 6. Command-line window				*cmdline-window* *cmdwin*
-
+							*command-line-window*
 In the command-line window the command line can be edited just like editing
 text in any window.  It is a special kind of window, because you cannot leave
 it in a normal way.
@@ -950,12 +956,12 @@ it in a normal way.
 feature}
 
 
-OPEN
+OPEN						*c_CTRL-F* *q:* *q/* *q?*
 
 There are two ways to open the command-line window:
 1. From Command-line mode, use the key specified with the 'cedit' option.
    The default is CTRL-F when 'compatible' is not set.
-2. From Normal mode, use the "q:", "q/" or "q?" command.  *q:* *q/* *q?*
+2. From Normal mode, use the "q:", "q/" or "q?" command.
    This starts editing an Ex command-line ("q:") or search string ("q/" or
    "q?").  Note that this is not possible while recording is in progress (the
    "q" stops recording then).
@@ -985,7 +991,8 @@ nesting.
 The command-line window is not a normal window.  It is not possible to move to
 another window or edit another buffer.  All commands that would do this are
 disabled in the command-line window.  Of course it _is_ possible to execute
-any command that you entered in the command-line window.
+any command that you entered in the command-line window.  Other text edits are
+discarded when closing the window.
 
 
 CLOSE							*E199*
@@ -1020,7 +1027,7 @@ VARIOUS
 
 The command-line window cannot be used:
 - when there already is a command-line window (no nesting)
-- for entering a encryption key or when using inputsecret()
+- for entering an encryption key or when using inputsecret()
 - when Vim was not compiled with the +vertsplit feature
 
 Some options are set when the command-line window is opened:

runtime/doc/debug.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*debug.txt*     For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2006 May 01
+*debug.txt*     For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2009 Jul 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -10,7 +10,8 @@ This is for debugging Vim itself, when it doesn't work properly.
 For debugging Vim scripts, functions, etc. see |debug-scripts|
 
 1. Location of a crash, using gcc and gdb	|debug-gcc|
-2. Windows Bug Reporting			|debug-win32|
+2. Locating memory leaks			|debug-leaks|
+3. Windows Bug Reporting			|debug-win32|
 
 ==============================================================================
 
@@ -38,7 +39,25 @@ This also applies when using the MingW tools.
 
 ==============================================================================
 
-2. Windows Bug Reporting				*debug-win32*
+2. Locating memory leaks				*debug-leaks*
+
+If you suspect Vim is leaking memory and you are using Linux, the valgrind
+tool is very useful to pinpoint memory leaks.
+
+First of all, build Vim with EXITFREE defined.  Search for this in MAKEFILE
+and uncomment the line.
+
+Use this command to start Vim:				*valgrind*
+>
+	valgrind --log-file=valgrind.log ./vim
+
+Note: Vim will run much slower.  If your .vimrc is big or you have several
+plugins you need to be patient for startup, or run with the "-u NONE"
+argument.
+
+==============================================================================
+
+3. Windows Bug Reporting				*debug-win32*
 
 If the Windows version of Vim crashes in a reproducible manner, you can take
 some steps to provide a useful bug report.

runtime/doc/develop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2007 May 11
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Dec 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ completely different editor.  Extensions are done with a "Vi spirit".
   hard time finding and remembering them.  Keep in mind that more commands and
   options will be added later.
 - A feature that people do not know about is a useless feature.  Don't add
-  obscure features, or at least add hints in documentation that they exists.
+  obscure features, or at least add hints in documentation that they exist.
 - Minimize using CTRL and other modifiers, they are more difficult to type.
 - There are many first-time and inexperienced Vim users.  Make it easy for
   them to start using Vim and learn more over time.
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ Wrong:	var=a*5;
 OK:	var = a * 5;
 
 In general: Use empty lines to group lines of code together.  Put a comment
-just above the group of lines.  This makes it more easy to quickly see what is
+just above the group of lines.  This makes it easier to quickly see what is
 being done.
 
 OK:	/* Prepare for building the table. */

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jul 21
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2009 Sep 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -64,6 +64,9 @@ In each of the edited files these options are set:
 
 These options are set local to the window.  When editing another file they are
 reset to the global value.
+The options can still be overruled from a modeline when re-editing the file.
+However, 'foldmethod' and 'wrap' won't be set from a modeline when 'diff' is
+set.
 
 The differences shown are actually the differences in the buffer.  Thus if you
 make changes after loading a file, these will be included in the displayed
@@ -91,7 +94,7 @@ While already in Vim you can start diff mode in three ways.
 :diffthis	Make the current window part of the diff windows.  This sets
 		the options like for "vimdiff".
 
-:diffpatch {patchfile}					*:diffp* *:diffpatch*
+:diffpatch {patchfile}				 *E816* *:diffp* *:diffpatch*
 		Use the current buffer, patch it with the diff found in
 		{patchfile} and open a buffer on the result.  The options are
 		set as for "vimdiff".
@@ -121,7 +124,8 @@ file for a moment and come back to the same file and be in diff mode again.
 							*:diffo* *:diffoff*
 :diffoff	Switch off diff mode for the current window.
 
-:diffoff!	Switch off diff mode for all windows in the current tab page.
+:diffoff!	Switch off diff mode for the current window and in all windows
+		in the current tab page where 'diff' is set.
 
 The ":diffoff" command resets the relevant options to their default value.
 This may be different from what the values were before diff mode was started,
@@ -237,7 +241,8 @@ that the buffers will be equal within the specified range.
 							*:diffg* *:diffget*
 :[range]diffg[et] [bufspec]
 		Modify the current buffer to undo difference with another
-		buffer.  If [bufspec] is given, that buffer is used.
+		buffer.  If [bufspec] is given, that buffer is used.  If
+		[bufspec] refers to the current buffer then nothing happens.
 		Otherwise this only works if there is one other buffer in diff
 		mode.
 		See below for [range].
@@ -323,7 +328,7 @@ The "1a2" item appends the line "bbb".
 The "4d4" item deletes the line "111".
 The '7c7" item replaces the line "GGG" with "ggg".
 
-When 'diffexpr' is not empty, Vim evaluates to obtain a diff file in the
+When 'diffexpr' is not empty, Vim evaluates it to obtain a diff file in the
 format mentioned.  These variables are set to the file names used:
 
 	v:fname_in		original file
@@ -353,7 +358,7 @@ The "-a" argument is used to force comparing the files as text, comparing as
 binaries isn't useful.  The "--binary" argument makes the files read in binary
 mode, so that a CTRL-Z doesn't end the text on DOS.
 
-						*E97*
+						*E810* *E97*
 Vim will do a test if the diff output looks alright.  If it doesn't, you will
 get an error message.  Possible causes:
 -  The "diff" program cannot be executed.

runtime/doc/digraph.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Aug 06
+*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2010 Apr 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Aug 09
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2009 Jun 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ If you want to keep the changed buffer without saving it, switch on the
 			Normal mode.  Otherwise same as |:edit|.
 
 							*:vie* *:view*
-:vie[w] [++opt] [+cmd] file
+:vie[w][!] [++opt] [+cmd] file
 			When used in Ex mode: Leave |Ex mode|, go back to
 			Normal mode.  Otherwise same as |:edit|, but set
 			'readonly' option for this buffer.  {not in Vi}
@@ -462,7 +462,10 @@ converted and illegal bytes.  It can be one of three things:
     ++bad=drop   Remove the bad characters.
 
 The default is like "++bad=?": Replace each bad character with a question
-mark.
+mark.  In some places an inverted question mark is used (0xBF).
+
+Note that not all commands use the ++bad argument, even though they do not
+give an error when you add it.  E.g. |:write|.
 
 Note that when reading, the 'fileformat' and 'fileencoding' options will be
 set to the used format.  When writing this doesn't happen, thus a next write
@@ -837,7 +840,7 @@ USING THE ARGUMENT LIST
 Example: >
 	:args *.c
 	:argdo set ff=unix | update
-This sets the 'fileformat' option to "unix" and writes the file if is now
+This sets the 'fileformat' option to "unix" and writes the file if it is now
 changed.  This is done for all *.c files.
 
 Example: >
@@ -1456,6 +1459,17 @@ If you don't get warned often enough you can use the following command.
 			may be specified by name, number or with a pattern.
 
 
+							*E813* *E814*
+Vim will reload the buffer if you chose to.  If a window is visible that
+contains this buffer, the reloading will happen in the context of this window.
+Otherwise a special window is used, so that most autocommands will work.  You
+can't close this window.  A few other restrictions apply.  Best is to make
+sure nothing happens outside of the current buffer.  E.g., setting
+window-local options may end up in the wrong window.  Splitting the window,
+doing something there and closing it should be OK (if there are no side
+effects from other autocommands).  Closing unrelated windows and buffers will
+get you into trouble.
+
 Before writing a file the timestamp is checked.  If it has changed, Vim will
 ask if you really want to overwrite the file:
 

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Nov 27
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2010 May 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ the Number.  Examples: >
 	Number 123	-->	String "123"
 	Number 0	-->	String "0"
 	Number -1	-->	String "-1"
-
+							*octal*
 Conversion from a String to a Number is done by converting the first digits
 to a number.  Hexadecimal "0xf9" and Octal "017" numbers are recognized.  If
 the String doesn't start with digits, the result is zero.  Examples: >
@@ -853,7 +853,8 @@ expr8[expr1]		item of String or |List|	*expr-[]* *E111*
 
 If expr8 is a Number or String this results in a String that contains the
 expr1'th single byte from expr8.  expr8 is used as a String, expr1 as a
-Number.  Note that this doesn't recognize multi-byte encodings.
+Number.  This doesn't recognize multi-byte encodings, see |byteidx()| for
+an alternative.
 
 Index zero gives the first character.  This is like it works in C.  Careful:
 text column numbers start with one!  Example, to get the character under the
@@ -878,8 +879,8 @@ expr8[expr1a : expr1b]	substring or sublist		*expr-[:]*
 
 If expr8 is a Number or String this results in the substring with the bytes
 from expr1a to and including expr1b.  expr8 is used as a String, expr1a and
-expr1b are used as a Number.  Note that this doesn't recognize multi-byte
-encodings.
+expr1b are used as a Number.  This doesn't recognize multi-byte encodings, see
+|byteidx()| for computing the indexes.
 
 If expr1a is omitted zero is used.  If expr1b is omitted the length of the
 string minus one is used.
@@ -895,7 +896,8 @@ Examples: >
 	:let c = name[-2:-2]		" last but one byte of a string
 	:let s = line(".")[4:]		" from the fifth byte to the end
 	:let s = s[:-3]			" remove last two bytes
-
+<
+							*sublist* *slice*
 If expr8 is a |List| this results in a new |List| with the items indicated by
 the indexes expr1a and expr1b.	This works like with a String, as explained
 just above, except that indexes out of range cause an error.  Examples: >
@@ -1018,7 +1020,9 @@ A string constant accepts these special characters:
 \t	tab <Tab>
 \\	backslash
 \"	double quote
-\<xxx>	Special key named "xxx".  e.g. "\<C-W>" for CTRL-W.
+\<xxx>	Special key named "xxx".  e.g. "\<C-W>" for CTRL-W.  This is for use
+	in mappings, the 0x80 byte is escaped.  Don't use <Char-xxxx> to get a
+	utf-8 character, use \uxxxx as mentioned above.
 
 Note that "\xff" is stored as the byte 255, which may be invalid in some
 encodings.  Use "\u00ff" to store character 255 according to the current value
@@ -1190,6 +1194,7 @@ They can be used in:
 Thus not in:
 - other scripts sourced from this one
 - mappings
+- menus
 - etc.
 
 Script variables can be used to avoid conflicts with global variable names.
@@ -1280,7 +1285,8 @@ v:beval_winnr	The number of the window, over which the mouse pointer is. Only
 		valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
 
 					*v:char* *char-variable*
-v:char		Argument for evaluating 'formatexpr'.
+v:char		Argument for evaluating 'formatexpr' and used for the typed
+		character when using <expr> in an abbreviation |map-<expr>|.
 
 			*v:charconvert_from* *charconvert_from-variable*
 v:charconvert_from
@@ -1317,6 +1323,8 @@ v:count		The count given for the last Normal mode command.  Can be used
 	:map _x :<C-U>echo "the count is " . v:count<CR>
 <		Note: The <C-U> is required to remove the line range that you
 		get when typing ':' after a count.
+		When there are two counts, as in "3d2w", they are multiplied,
+		just like what happens in the command, "d6w" for the example.
 		Also used for evaluating the 'formatexpr' option.
 		"count" also works, for backwards compatibility.
 
@@ -1677,9 +1685,9 @@ ceil( {expr})			Float	round {expr} up
 changenr()			Number	current change number
 char2nr( {expr})		Number	ASCII value of first char in {expr}
 cindent( {lnum})		Number	C indent for line {lnum}
-clearmatches()			None	clear all matches
+clearmatches()			none	clear all matches
 col( {expr})			Number	column nr of cursor or mark
-complete({startcol}, {matches})	String	set Insert mode completion
+complete( {startcol}, {matches}) none	set Insert mode completion
 complete_add( {expr})		Number	add completion match
 complete_check()		Number	check for key typed during completion
 confirm( {msg} [, {choices} [, {default} [, {type}]]])
@@ -1704,7 +1712,7 @@ eval( {string})			any	evaluate {string} into its value
 eventhandler( )			Number	TRUE if inside an event handler
 executable( {expr})		Number	1 if executable {expr} exists
 exists( {expr})			Number	TRUE if {expr} exists
-extend({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])
+extend( {expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])
 				List/Dict insert items of {expr2} into {expr1}
 expand( {expr} [, {flag}])	String	expand special keywords in {expr}
 feedkeys( {string} [, {mode}])	Number	add key sequence to typeahead buffer
@@ -1746,7 +1754,7 @@ getftime( {fname})		Number	last modification time of file
 getftype( {fname})		String	description of type of file {fname}
 getline( {lnum})		String	line {lnum} of current buffer
 getline( {lnum}, {end})		List	lines {lnum} to {end} of current buffer
-getloclist({nr})		List	list of location list items
+getloclist( {nr})		List	list of location list items
 getmatches()			List	list of current matches
 getpid()			Number	process ID of Vim
 getpos( {expr})			List	position of cursor, mark, etc.
@@ -1815,11 +1823,12 @@ matchlist( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
 				List	match and submatches of {pat} in {expr}
 matchstr( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
 				String	{count}'th match of {pat} in {expr}
-max({list})			Number	maximum value of items in {list}
-min({list})			Number	minimum value of items in {list}
-mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
+max( {list})			Number	maximum value of items in {list}
+min( {list})			Number	minimum value of items in {list}
+mkdir( {name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
 				Number	create directory {name}
 mode( [expr])			String	current editing mode
+mzeval( {expr})			any	evaluate |MzScheme| expression
 nextnonblank( {lnum})		Number	line nr of non-blank line >= {lnum}
 nr2char( {expr})		String	single char with ASCII value {expr}
 pathshorten( {expr})		String	shorten directory names in a path
@@ -1829,7 +1838,7 @@ printf( {fmt}, {expr1}...)	String	format text
 pumvisible()			Number	whether popup menu is visible
 range( {expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]])
 				List	items from {expr} to {max}
-readfile({fname} [, {binary} [, {max}]])
+readfile( {fname} [, {binary} [, {max}]])
 				List	get list of lines from file {fname}
 reltime( [{start} [, {end}]])	List	get time value
 reltimestr( {time})		String	turn time value into a String
@@ -1850,7 +1859,7 @@ reverse( {list})		List	reverse {list} in-place
 round( {expr})			Float	round off {expr}
 search( {pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout}]]])
 				Number	search for {pattern}
-searchdecl({name} [, {global} [, {thisblock}]])
+searchdecl( {name} [, {global} [, {thisblock}]])
 				Number	search for variable declaration
 searchpair( {start}, {middle}, {end} [, {flags} [, {skip} [...]]])
 				Number	search for other end of start/end pair
@@ -1867,7 +1876,7 @@ setline( {lnum}, {line})	Number	set line {lnum} to {line}
 setloclist( {nr}, {list}[, {action}])
 				Number	modify location list using {list}
 setmatches( {list})		Number	restore a list of matches
-setpos( {expr}, {list})		none	set the {expr} position to {list}
+setpos( {expr}, {list})		Number	set the {expr} position to {list}
 setqflist( {list}[, {action}])	Number	modify quickfix list using {list}
 setreg( {n}, {v}[, {opt}])	Number	set register to value and type
 settabwinvar( {tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname}, {val})    set {varname} in window
@@ -1905,7 +1914,7 @@ synID( {lnum}, {col}, {trans})	Number	syntax ID at {lnum} and {col}
 synIDattr( {synID}, {what} [, {mode}])
 				String	attribute {what} of syntax ID {synID}
 synIDtrans( {synID})		Number	translated syntax ID of {synID}
-synstack({lnum}, {col})		List	stack of syntax IDs at {lnum} and {col}
+synstack( {lnum}, {col})	List	stack of syntax IDs at {lnum} and {col}
 system( {expr} [, {input}])	String	output of shell command/filter {expr}
 tabpagebuflist( [{arg}])	List	list of buffer numbers in tab page
 tabpagenr( [{arg}])		Number	number of current or last tab page
@@ -1929,10 +1938,10 @@ winheight( {nr})		Number	height of window {nr}
 winline()			Number	window line of the cursor
 winnr( [{expr}])		Number	number of current window
 winrestcmd()			String	returns command to restore window sizes
-winrestview({dict})		None	restore view of current window
+winrestview( {dict})		none	restore view of current window
 winsaveview()			Dict	save view of current window
 winwidth( {nr})			Number	width of window {nr}
-writefile({list}, {fname} [, {binary}])
+writefile( {list}, {fname} [, {binary}])
 				Number	write list of lines to file {fname}
 
 abs({expr})							*abs()*
@@ -2245,7 +2254,7 @@ complete({startcol}, {matches})			*complete()* *E785*
 		{matches} must be a |List|.  Each |List| item is one match.
 		See |complete-items| for the kind of items that are possible.
 		Note that the after calling this function you need to avoid
-		inserting anything that would completion to stop.
+		inserting anything that would cause completion to stop.
 		The match can be selected with CTRL-N and CTRL-P as usual with
 		Insert mode completion.  The popup menu will appear if
 		specified, see |ins-completion-menu|.
@@ -2414,6 +2423,7 @@ cursor({list})
 		When 'virtualedit' is used {off} specifies the offset in
 		screen columns from the start of the character.  E.g., a
 		position within a <Tab> or after the last character.
+		Returns 0 when the position could be set, -1 otherwise.
 
 
 deepcopy({expr}[, {noref}])				*deepcopy()* *E698*
@@ -2476,7 +2486,7 @@ empty({expr})						*empty()*
 		Return the Number 1 if {expr} is empty, zero otherwise.
 		A |List| or |Dictionary| is empty when it does not have any
 		items.	A Number is empty when its value is zero.
-		For a long |List| this is much faster then comparing the
+		For a long |List| this is much faster than comparing the
 		length with zero.
 
 escape({string}, {chars})				*escape()*
@@ -3052,7 +3062,7 @@ getcharmod()						*getcharmod()*
 			128	Macintosh only: command
 		Only the modifiers that have not been included in the
 		character itself are obtained.	Thus Shift-a results in "A"
-		with no modifier.
+		without a modifier.
 
 getcmdline()						*getcmdline()*
 		Return the current command-line.  Only works when the command
@@ -3180,7 +3190,7 @@ getloclist({nr})					*getloclist()*
 		window {nr}. When {nr} is zero the current window is used.
 		For a location list window, the displayed location list is
 		returned.  For an invalid window number {nr}, an empty list is
-		returned. Otherwise, same as getqflist().
+		returned. Otherwise, same as |getqflist()|.
 
 getmatches()						*getmatches()*
 		Returns a |List| with all matches previously defined by
@@ -3477,7 +3487,9 @@ hostname()						*hostname()*
 iconv({expr}, {from}, {to})				*iconv()*
 		The result is a String, which is the text {expr} converted
 		from encoding {from} to encoding {to}.
-		When the conversion fails an empty string is returned.
+		When the conversion completely fails an empty string is
+		returned.  When some characters could not be converted they
+		are replaced with "?".
 		The encoding names are whatever the iconv() library function
 		can accept, see ":!man 3 iconv".
 		Most conversions require Vim to be compiled with the |+iconv|
@@ -3502,7 +3514,10 @@ indent({lnum})	The result is a Number, which is indent of line {lnum} in the
 
 index({list}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]])			*index()*
 		Return the lowest index in |List| {list} where the item has a
-		value equal to {expr}.
+		value equal to {expr}.  There is no automatic conversion, so
+		the String "4" is different from the Number 4.  And the number
+		4 is different from the Float 4.0.  The value of 'ignorecase'
+		is not used here, case always matters.
 		If {start} is given then start looking at the item with index
 		{start} (may be negative for an item relative to the end).
 		When {ic} is given and it is non-zero, ignore case.  Otherwise
@@ -3515,9 +3530,9 @@ index({list}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]])			*index()*
 
 input({prompt} [, {text} [, {completion}]])		*input()*
 		The result is a String, which is whatever the user typed on
-		the command-line.  The parameter is either a prompt string, or
-		a blank string (for no prompt).  A '\n' can be used in the
-		prompt to start a new line.
+		the command-line.  The {prompt} argument is either a prompt
+		string, or a blank string (for no prompt).  A '\n' can be used
+		in the prompt to start a new line.
 		The highlighting set with |:echohl| is used for the prompt.
 		The input is entered just like a command-line, with the same
 		editing commands and mappings.	There is a separate history
@@ -3527,8 +3542,9 @@ input({prompt} [, {text} [, {completion}]])		*input()*
 			:  echo "Cheers!"
 			:endif
 <
-		If the optional {text} is present and not empty, this is used
-		for the default reply, as if the user typed this.  Example: >
+		If the optional {text} argument is present and not empty, this
+		is used for the default reply, as if the user typed this.
+		Example: >
 			:let color = input("Color? ", "white")
 
 <		The optional {completion} argument specifies the type of
@@ -3558,8 +3574,8 @@ input({prompt} [, {text} [, {completion}]])		*input()*
 			:endfunction
 
 inputdialog({prompt} [, {text} [, {cancelreturn}]])		*inputdialog()*
-		Like input(), but when the GUI is running and text dialogs are
-		supported, a dialog window pops up to input the text.
+		Like |input()|, but when the GUI is running and text dialogs
+		are supported, a dialog window pops up to input the text.
 		Example: >
 			:let n = inputdialog("value for shiftwidth", &sw)
 			:if n != ""
@@ -3580,7 +3596,7 @@ inputlist({textlist})					*inputlist()*
 		above the first item a negative number is returned.  When
 		clicking on the prompt one more than the length of {textlist}
 		is returned.
-		Make sure {textlist} has less then 'lines' entries, otherwise
+		Make sure {textlist} has less than 'lines' entries, otherwise
 		it won't work.	It's a good idea to put the entry number at
 		the start of the string.  And put a prompt in the first item.
 		Example: >
@@ -3588,7 +3604,7 @@ inputlist({textlist})					*inputlist()*
 				\ '2. green', '3. blue'])
 
 inputrestore()						*inputrestore()*
-		Restore typeahead that was saved with a previous inputsave().
+		Restore typeahead that was saved with a previous |inputsave()|.
 		Should be called the same number of times inputsave() is
 		called.  Calling it more often is harmless though.
 		Returns 1 when there is nothing to restore, 0 otherwise.
@@ -3718,14 +3734,14 @@ libcall({libname}, {funcname}, {argument})
 		the DLL is not in the usual places.
 		For Unix: When compiling your own plugins, remember that the
 		object code must be compiled as position-independent ('PIC').
-		{only in Win32 on some Unix versions, when the |+libcall|
+		{only in Win32 and some Unix versions, when the |+libcall|
 		feature is present}
 		Examples: >
 			:echo libcall("libc.so", "getenv", "HOME")
 <
 							*libcallnr()*
 libcallnr({libname}, {funcname}, {argument})
-		Just like libcall(), but used for a function that returns an
+		Just like |libcall()|, but used for a function that returns an
 		int instead of a string.
 		{only in Win32 on some Unix versions, when the |+libcall|
 		feature is present}
@@ -3758,7 +3774,7 @@ line({expr})	The result is a Number, which is the line number of the file
 <							*last-position-jump*
 		This autocommand jumps to the last known position in a file
 		just after opening it, if the '" mark is set: >
-	:au BufReadPost * if line("'\"") > 1 && line("'\"") <= line("$") | exe "normal! g'\"" | endif
+	:au BufReadPost * if line("'\"") > 1 && line("'\"") <= line("$") | exe "normal! g`\"" | endif
 
 line2byte({lnum})					*line2byte()*
 		Return the byte count from the start of the buffer for line
@@ -3801,7 +3817,8 @@ map({expr}, {string})					*map()*
 		Replace each item in {expr} with the result of evaluating
 		{string}.
 		Inside {string} |v:val| has the value of the current item.
-		For a |Dictionary| |v:key| has the key of the current item.
+		For a |Dictionary| |v:key| has the key of the current item
+		and for a |List| |v:key| has the index of the current item.
 		Example: >
 			:call map(mylist, '"> " . v:val . " <"')
 <		This puts "> " before and " <" after each item in "mylist".
@@ -3988,8 +4005,8 @@ matchdelete({id})			       *matchdelete()* *E802* *E803*
 		be deleted in one operation by |clearmatches()|.
 
 matchend({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])			*matchend()*
-		Same as match(), but return the index of first character after
-		the match.  Example: >
+		Same as |match()|, but return the index of first character
+		after the match.  Example: >
 			:echo matchend("testing", "ing")
 <		results in "7".
 							*strspn()* *strcspn()*
@@ -3999,15 +4016,15 @@ matchend({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])			*matchend()*
 			:let span = matchend(line, '[^a-zA-Z]')
 <		Except that -1 is returned when there are no matches.
 
-		The {start}, if given, has the same meaning as for match(). >
+		The {start}, if given, has the same meaning as for |match()|. >
 			:echo matchend("testing", "ing", 2)
 <		results in "7". >
 			:echo matchend("testing", "ing", 5)
 <		result is "-1".
-		When {expr} is a |List| the result is equal to match().
+		When {expr} is a |List| the result is equal to |match()|.
 
 matchlist({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])			*matchlist()*
-		Same as match(), but return a |List|.  The first item in the
+		Same as |match()|, but return a |List|.  The first item in the
 		list is the matched string, same as what matchstr() would
 		return.  Following items are submatches, like "\1", "\2", etc.
 		in |:substitute|.  When an optional submatch didn't match an
@@ -4021,7 +4038,7 @@ matchstr({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])			*matchstr()*
 			:echo matchstr("testing", "ing")
 <		results in "ing".
 		When there is no match "" is returned.
-		The {start}, if given, has the same meaning as for match(). >
+		The {start}, if given, has the same meaning as for |match()|. >
 			:echo matchstr("testing", "ing", 2)
 <		results in "ing". >
 			:echo matchstr("testing", "ing", 5)
@@ -4088,6 +4105,23 @@ mode([expr])	Return a string that indicates the current mode.
 		"c" or "n".
 		Also see |visualmode()|.
 
+mzeval({expr})							*mzeval()*
+		Evaluate MzScheme expression {expr} and return its result
+		convert to Vim data structures.
+		Numbers and strings are returned as they are.
+		Pairs (including lists and improper lists) and vectors are
+		returned as Vim |Lists|.
+		Hash tables are represented as Vim |Dictionary| type with keys
+		converted to strings.
+		All other types are converted to string with display function.
+		Examples: >
+		    :mz (define l (list 1 2 3))
+		    :mz (define h (make-hash)) (hash-set! h "list" l)
+		    :echo mzeval("l")
+		    :echo mzeval("h")
+<
+		{only available when compiled with the |+mzscheme| feature}
+
 nextnonblank({lnum})					*nextnonblank()*
 		Return the line number of the first line at or below {lnum}
 		that is not blank.  Example: >
@@ -4495,9 +4529,9 @@ remote_send({server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
 <
 remove({list}, {idx} [, {end}])				*remove()*
 		Without {end}: Remove the item at {idx} from |List| {list} and
-		return it.
+		return the item.
 		With {end}: Remove items from {idx} to {end} (inclusive) and
-		return a list with these items.  When {idx} points to the same
+		return a List with these items.  When {idx} points to the same
 		item as {end} a list with one item is returned.  When {end}
 		points to an item before {idx} this is an error.
 		See |list-index| for possible values of {idx} and {end}.
@@ -4516,6 +4550,7 @@ rename({from}, {to})					*rename()*
 		should also work to move files across file systems.  The
 		result is a Number, which is 0 if the file was renamed
 		successfully, and non-zero when the renaming failed.
+		NOTE: If {to} exists it is overwritten without warning.
 		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
 
 repeat({expr}, {count})					*repeat()*
@@ -4747,7 +4782,7 @@ searchpair({start}, {middle}, {end} [, {flags} [, {skip}
 							*searchpairpos()*
 searchpairpos({start}, {middle}, {end} [, {flags} [, {skip}
 				[, {stopline} [, {timeout}]]]])
-		Same as searchpair(), but returns a |List| with the line and
+		Same as |searchpair()|, but returns a |List| with the line and
 		column position of the match. The first element of the |List|
 		is the line number and the second element is the byte index of
 		the column position of the match.  If no match is found,
@@ -4867,7 +4902,8 @@ setpos({expr}, {list})
 		Does not change the jumplist.
 
 		"lnum" and "col" are the position in the buffer.  The first
-		column is 1.  Use a zero "lnum" to delete a mark.
+		column is 1.  Use a zero "lnum" to delete a mark.  If "col" is
+		smaller than 1 then 1 is used.
 
 		The "off" number is only used when 'virtualedit' is set. Then
 		it is the offset in screen columns from the start of the
@@ -4910,6 +4946,8 @@ setqflist({list} [, {action}])				*setqflist()*
 		item will not be handled as an error line.
 		If both "pattern" and "lnum" are present then "pattern" will
 		be used.
+		If you supply an empty {list}, the quickfix list will be
+		cleared.
 		Note that the list is not exactly the same as what
 		|getqflist()| returns.
 
@@ -4986,7 +5024,7 @@ setwinvar({nr}, {varname}, {val})			*setwinvar()*
 			:call setwinvar(2, "myvar", "foobar")
 
 shellescape({string} [, {special}])			*shellescape()*
-		Escape {string} for use as shell command argument.
+		Escape {string} for use as a shell command argument.
 		On MS-Windows and MS-DOS, when 'shellslash' is not set, it
 		will enclose {string} in double quotes and double all double
 		quotes within {string}.
@@ -5048,15 +5086,20 @@ sort({list} [, {func}])					*sort()* *E702*
 		When {func} is given and it is one then case is ignored.
 		When {func} is a |Funcref| or a function name, this function
 		is called to compare items.  The function is invoked with two
-		items as argument and must return zero if they are equal, 1 if
-		the first one sorts after the second one, -1 if the first one
-		sorts before the second one.  Example: >
+		items as argument and must return zero if they are equal, 1 or
+		bigger if the first one sorts after the second one, -1 or
+		smaller if the first one sorts before the second one.
+		Example: >
 			func MyCompare(i1, i2)
 			   return a:i1 == a:i2 ? 0 : a:i1 > a:i2 ? 1 : -1
 			endfunc
 			let sortedlist = sort(mylist, "MyCompare")
+<		A shorter compare version for this specific simple case, which
+		ignores overflow: >
+			func MyCompare(i1, i2)
+			   return a:i1 - a:i2
+			endfunc
 <
-
 							*soundfold()*
 soundfold({word})
 		Return the sound-folded equivalent of {word}.  Uses the first
@@ -5349,6 +5392,8 @@ synIDattr({synID}, {what} [, {mode}])			*synIDattr()*
 				the color, cterm: color number as a string,
 				term: empty string)
 		"bg"		background color (as with "fg")
+		"font"		font name (only available in the GUI)
+				|highlight-font|
 		"sp"		special color (as with "fg") |highlight-guisp|
 		"fg#"		like "fg", but for the GUI and the GUI is
 				running the name in "#RRGGBB" form
@@ -5358,6 +5403,7 @@ synIDattr({synID}, {what} [, {mode}])			*synIDattr()*
 		"italic"	"1" if italic
 		"reverse"	"1" if reverse
 		"inverse"	"1" if inverse (= reverse)
+		"standout"	"1" if standout
 		"underline"	"1" if underlined
 		"undercurl"	"1" if undercurled
 
@@ -5505,10 +5551,7 @@ tempname()					*tempname()* *temp-file-name*
 		is different for at least 26 consecutive calls.  Example: >
 			:let tmpfile = tempname()
 			:exe "redir > " . tmpfile
-<		For Unix, the file will be in a private directory (only
-		accessible by the current user) to avoid security problems
-		(e.g., a symlink attack or other people reading your file).
-		When Vim exits the directory and all files in it are deleted.
+<		For Unix, the file will be in a private directory |tempfile|.
 		For MS-Windows forward slashes are used when the 'shellslash'
 		option is set or when 'shellcmdflag' starts with '-'.
 
@@ -5867,6 +5910,7 @@ showcmd			Compiled with 'showcmd' support.
 signs			Compiled with |:sign| support.
 smartindent		Compiled with 'smartindent' support.
 sniff			Compiled with SNiFF interface support.
+startuptime		Compiled with |--startuptime| support.
 statusline		Compiled with support for 'statusline', 'rulerformat'
 			and special formats of 'titlestring' and 'iconstring'.
 sun_workshop		Compiled with support for Sun |workshop|.
@@ -6571,15 +6615,19 @@ This would call the function "my_func_whizz(parameter)".
 			removed without effect.  Removing any later item means
 			it will not be found.  Thus the following example
 			works (an inefficient way to make a list empty): >
-				:for item in mylist
-				   :call remove(mylist, 0)
-				:endfor
+				for item in mylist
+				   call remove(mylist, 0)
+				endfor
 <			Note that reordering the list (e.g., with sort() or
 			reverse()) may have unexpected effects.
 			Note that the type of each list item should be
 			identical to avoid errors for the type of {var}
 			changing.  Unlet the variable at the end of the loop
-			to allow multiple item types.
+			to allow multiple item types: >
+				for item in ["foo", ["bar"]]
+				   echo item
+				   unlet item  " E706 without this
+				endfor
 
 :for [{var1}, {var2}, ...] in {listlist}
 :endfo[r]
@@ -6648,7 +6696,7 @@ This would call the function "my_func_whizz(parameter)".
 		:try | edit | catch /^Vim(edit):E\d\+/ | echo "error" | endtry
 <
 					*:cat* *:catch* *E603* *E604* *E605*
-:cat[ch] /{pattern}/	The following commands until the next ":catch",
+:cat[ch] /{pattern}/	The following commands until the next |:catch|,
 			|:finally|, or |:endtry| that belongs to the same
 			|:try| as the ":catch" are executed when an exception
 			matching {pattern} is being thrown and has not yet
@@ -6784,14 +6832,16 @@ This would call the function "my_func_whizz(parameter)".
 <
 							*:exe* *:execute*
 :exe[cute] {expr1} ..	Executes the string that results from the evaluation
-			of {expr1} as an Ex command.  Multiple arguments are
-			concatenated, with a space in between.	{expr1} is
-			used as the processed command, command line editing
-			keys are not recognized.
+			of {expr1} as an Ex command.
+			Multiple arguments are concatenated, with a space in
+			between.  To avoid the extra space use the "."
+			operator to concatenate strings into one argument.
+			{expr1} is used as the processed command, command line
+			editing keys are not recognized.
 			Cannot be followed by a comment.
 			Examples: >
-		:execute "buffer " nextbuf
-		:execute "normal " count . "w"
+		:execute "buffer" nextbuf
+		:execute "normal" count . "w"
 <
 			":execute" can be used to append a command to commands
 			that don't accept a '|'.  Example: >
@@ -6821,7 +6871,7 @@ This would call the function "my_func_whizz(parameter)".
 		:execute 'while i < 5 | echo i | let i = i + 1 | endwhile'
 <
 
-							*:comment*
+							*:exe-comment*
 			":execute", ":echo" and ":echon" cannot be followed by
 			a comment directly, because they see the '"' as the
 			start of a string.  But, you can use '|' followed by a
@@ -7827,7 +7877,7 @@ a "E600: Missing :endtry" error message is given, see |except-single-line|.
 
 Printing in Binary ~
 >
-  :" The function Nr2Bin() returns the Hex string of a number.
+  :" The function Nr2Bin() returns the binary string representation of a number.
   :func Nr2Bin(nr)
   :  let n = a:nr
   :  let r = ""

runtime/doc/evim-pl.1

@@ -14,11 +14,11 @@ uruchamia
 .B Vima
 i ustawia opcje tak by zachowywa<77> si<73> jak edytor bez tryb<79>w.
 To jest ca<63>y czas Vim ale u<>ywany jako edytor wska<6B>-i-kliknij.
-Zachowanie w stlu Notepada dla MS-Windows.
+Zachowanie w stylu Notepada dla MS-Windows.
 .B eVim
 b<EFBFBD>dzie zawsze uruchomiony w GUI by w<><77>czy<7A> menu i pasek narz<72>dzi.
 .PP
-Przeznaczony tylko dla ludzi, kt<6B>rzy naprawd<77> nie potrafi<EFBFBD> pracowa<77>
+Przeznaczony tylko dla ludzi, kt<6B>rzy naprawd<77> nie mog<EFBFBD> pracowa<77>
 z Vimem w normalny spos<6F>b. Edycja b<>dzie o wiele mniej efektywna.
 .PP
 .B eview
@@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ Opcja 'insertmode' jest ustawiona by mo
 tekst.
 .br
 Mapowania s<> ustawione tak by Kopiowanie i Wklejanie dzia<69>a<EFBFBD>o
-z klawiszami MS-Windows. CTRL-X wycina tekst, CTRL-C kopiuje
-a CTRL-V wkleja. U<>yj CTRL-Q by uzyska<6B> oryginalne znaczenie
+z klawiszami MS-Windows. CTRL-X wycina, CTRL-C kopiuje a CTRL-V 
+wkleja tekst. U<>yj CTRL-Q by uzyska<6B> oryginalne przeznaczenie
 CTRL-V.
 .SH OPCJE
 Zobacz vim(1).
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Zobacz vim(1).
 Skrypt uruchamiania dla eVima.
 .SH ZNANY JAKO
 Znany jako "Vim dla frajer<65>w".
-Je<EFBFBD>li u<>ywasz evima oczekuje si<73>, <20>e wyjmiesz chusteczk<7A> do nosa,
+Je<EFBFBD>li u<>ywasz eVima oczekuje si<73>, <20>e wyjmiesz chusteczk<7A> do nosa,
 zrobisz w<>z<EFBFBD><7A> w ka<6B>dym rogu i b<>dziesz to nosi<73> na g<>owie.
 .SH ZOBACZ TAK<EFBFBD>E
 vim(1)

runtime/doc/evim-pl.UTF-8.1

@@ -14,11 +14,11 @@ uruchamia
 .B Vima
 i ustawia opcje tak by zachowywał się jak edytor bez trybów.
 To jest cały czas Vim ale używany jako edytor wskaż-i-kliknij.
-Zachowanie w stlu Notepada dla MS-Windows.
+Zachowanie w stylu Notepada dla MS-Windows.
 .B eVim
 będzie zawsze uruchomiony w GUI by włączyć menu i pasek narzędzi.
 .PP
-Przeznaczony tylko dla ludzi, którzy naprawdę nie potrafią pracować
+Przeznaczony tylko dla ludzi, którzy naprawdę nie mogą pracować
 z Vimem w normalny sposób. Edycja będzie o wiele mniej efektywna.
 .PP
 .B eview
@@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ Opcja 'insertmode' jest ustawiona by można było od razu wpisywać
 tekst.
 .br
 Mapowania są ustawione tak by Kopiowanie i Wklejanie działało
-z klawiszami MS-Windows. CTRL-X wycina tekst, CTRL-C kopiuje
-a CTRL-V wkleja. Użyj CTRL-Q by uzyskać oryginalne znaczenie
+z klawiszami MS-Windows. CTRL-X wycina, CTRL-C kopiuje a CTRL-V 
+wkleja tekst. Użyj CTRL-Q by uzyskać oryginalne przeznaczenie
 CTRL-V.
 .SH OPCJE
 Zobacz vim(1).
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Zobacz vim(1).
 Skrypt uruchamiania dla eVima.
 .SH ZNANY JAKO
 Znany jako "Vim dla frajerów".
-Jeśli używasz evima oczekuje się, że wyjmiesz chusteczkę do nosa,
+Jeśli używasz eVima oczekuje się, że wyjmiesz chusteczkę do nosa,
 zrobisz węzęł w każdym rogu i będziesz to nosił na głowie.
 .SH ZOBACZ TAKŻE
 vim(1)

runtime/doc/fold.txt

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-*fold.txt*      For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2007 May 11
+*fold.txt*      For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2010 May 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
 
 
-Folding						*Folding* *folding*
+Folding						*Folding* *folding* *folds*
 
 You can find an introduction on folding in chapter 28 of the user manual.
 |usr_28.txt|
@@ -127,6 +127,9 @@ fold level.  But note that foldlevel() may return -1 if the level is not known
 yet.  And it returns the level at the start of the line, while a fold might
 end in that line.
 
+It may happened that folds are not updated properly.  You can use |zx| or |zX|
+to force updating folds.
+
 
 SYNTAX						*fold-syntax*
 
@@ -274,7 +277,7 @@ zf{motion}  or
 		Also see |fold-create-marker|.
 
 							*zF*
-zF		Create a fold for N lines.  Works like "zf".
+zF		Create a fold for [count] lines.  Works like "zf".
 
 :{range}fo[ld]						*:fold* *:fo*
 		Create a fold for the lines in {range}.  Works like "zf".
@@ -352,9 +355,13 @@ zv		View cursor line: Open just enough folds to make the line in
 							*zx*
 zx		Update folds: Undo manually opened and closed folds: re-apply
 		'foldlevel', then do "zv": View cursor line.
+		Also forces recomputing folds.  This is useful when using
+		'foldexpr' and the buffer is changed in a way that results in
+		folds not to be updated properly.
 
 							*zX*
 zX		Undo manually opened and closed folds: re-apply 'foldlevel'.
+		Also forces recomputing folds, like |zx|.
 
 							*zm*
 zm		Fold more: Subtract one from 'foldlevel'.  If 'foldlevel' was
@@ -399,24 +406,24 @@ MOVING OVER FOLDS ~
 [z		Move to the start of the current open fold.  If already at the
 		start, move to the start of the fold that contains it.  If
 		there is no containing fold, the command fails.
-		When a count is used, repeats the command N times.
+		When a count is used, repeats the command [count] times.
 
 							*]z*
 ]z		Move to the end of the current open fold.  If already at the
 		end, move to the end of the fold that contains it.  If there
 		is no containing fold, the command fails.
-		When a count is used, repeats the command N times.
+		When a count is used, repeats the command [count] times.
 
 							*zj*
 zj		Move downwards to the start of the next fold.  A closed fold
 		is counted as one fold.
-		When a count is used, repeats the command N times.
+		When a count is used, repeats the command [count] times.
 		This command can be used after an |operator|.
 
 							*zk*
 zk		Move upwards to the end of the previous fold.  A closed fold
 		is counted as one fold.
-		When a count is used, repeats the command N times.
+		When a count is used, repeats the command [count] times.
 		This command can be used after an |operator|.
 
 

runtime/doc/ft_ada.txt

@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ The Ada plug-in provides support for:
  - comment handling	(|'comments'|, |'commentstring'|)
 
 The plug-in only activates the features of the Ada mode whenever an Ada
-files is opened and add adds Ada related entries to the main and pop-up menu.
+file is opened and adds Ada related entries to the main and pop-up menu.
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. Omni Completion ~
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ support yet.
 4.  Compiler Support ~
 								*ada-compiler*
 
-The Ada mode supports more then one Ada compiler and will automatically load the
+The Ada mode supports more than one Ada compiler and will automatically load the
 compiler set in|g:ada_default_compiler|whenever an Ada source is opened. The
 provided compiler plug-ins are split into the actual compiler plug-in and a
 collection of support functions and variables. This allows the easy
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ environment.
 							       *compiler-gnat*
 
 GNAT is the only free (beer and speech) Ada compiler available. There are
-several version available which differentiate in the licence terms used.
+several versions available which differ in the licence terms used.
 
 The GNAT compiler plug-in will perform a compile on pressing <F7> and then
 immediately shows the result. You can set the project file to be used by
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ setting:
  > call g:gnat.Set_Project_File ('my_project.gpr')
 
 Setting a project file will also create a Vim session (|views-sessions|) so -
-like with the GPS - opened files, window positions etc. will remembered
+like with the GPS - opened files, window positions etc. will be remembered
 separately for all projects.
 
 								*gnat_members*
@@ -228,9 +228,9 @@ and HP Ada) is a fairly dated Ada 83 compiler. Support is basic: <F7> will
 compile the current unit.
 
 The Dec Ada compiler expects the package name and not the file name to be
-passed a parameter. The compiler plug-in supports the usual file name
-convention to convert the file into a unit name. For separates both '-' and
-'__' are allowed.
+passed as a parameter. The compiler plug-in supports the usual file name
+convention to convert the file into a unit name. Both '-' and '__' are allowed
+as separators.
 
 							      *decada_members*
 DEC ADA OBJECT ~
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ g:decada.Error_Format|	string
 
 							*g:ada_standard_types*
 g:ada_standard_types	bool (true when exists)
-		Highlight types in package Standard (e.g., "Float")
+		Highlight types in package Standard (e.g., "Float").
 
 							  *g:ada_space_errors*
 						  *g:ada_no_trail_space_error*
@@ -279,13 +279,13 @@ g:ada_space_errors	 bool (true when exists)
 
 							   *g:ada_line_errors*
 g:ada_line_errors	  bool (true when exists)
-		Highlight lines which are to long. Note: This highlighting
+		Highlight lines which are too long. Note: This highlighting
 		option is quite CPU intensive.
 
 							 *g:ada_rainbow_color*
 g:ada_rainbow_color	  bool (true when exists)
 		Use rainbow colours for '(' and ')'. You need the
-		rainbow_parenthesis for this to work
+		rainbow_parenthesis for this to work.
 
 							       *g:ada_folding*
 g:ada_folding		  set ('sigpft')
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ g:ada_folding		  set ('sigpft')
 
 								*g:ada_abbrev*
 g:ada_abbrev		  bool (true when exists)
-		Add some abbreviations. This feature more or less superseded
+		Add some abbreviations. This feature is more or less superseded
 		by the various completion methods.
 
 						      *g:ada_withuse_ordinary*
@@ -359,12 +359,12 @@ g:ada_with_gnat_project_files	 bool (true when exists)
 
 						      *g:ada_default_compiler*
 g:ada_default_compiler	  string
-		set default compiler. Currently supported is 'gnat' and
+		set default compiler. Currently supported are 'gnat' and
 		'decada'.
 
-An "exists" type is a boolean is considered true when the variable is defined
-and false when the variable is undefined. The value which the variable is
-set makes no difference.
+An "exists" type is a boolean considered true when the variable is defined and
+false when the variable is undefined. The value to which the variable is set
+makes no difference.
 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 5.3 Commands ~
@@ -372,10 +372,10 @@ set makes no difference.
 
 :AdaRainbow							 *:AdaRainbow*
 		Toggles rainbow colour (|g:ada_rainbow_color|) mode for
-		'(' and ')'
+		'(' and ')'.
 
 :AdaLines							   *:AdaLines*
-		Toggles line error (|g:ada_line_errors|) display
+		Toggles line error (|g:ada_line_errors|) display.
 
 :AdaSpaces							  *:AdaSpaces*
 		Toggles space error (|g:ada_space_errors|) display.
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ All constants are locked. See |:lockvar| for details.
 
 							     *g:ada#WordRegex*
 g:ada#WordRegex		string
-		Regular expression to search for Ada words
+		Regular expression to search for Ada words.
 
 							  *g:ada#DotWordRegex*
 g:ada#DotWordRegex	string
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ g:ada#DotWordRegex	string
 
 							       *g:ada#Comment*
 g:ada#Comment		string
-		Regular expression to search for Ada comments
+		Regular expression to search for Ada comments.
 
 							      *g:ada#Keywords*
 g:ada#Keywords		list of dictionaries
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ ada#Word([{line}, {col}])					  *ada#Word()*
 
 ada#List_Tag([{line}, {col}])				      *ada#Listtags()*
 		List all occurrences of the Ada entity under the cursor (or at
-		given line/column) inside the quick-fix window
+		given line/column) inside the quick-fix window.
 
 ada#Jump_Tag ({ident}, {mode})				      *ada#Jump_Tag()*
 		List all occurrences of the Ada entity under the cursor (or at
@@ -482,8 +482,8 @@ gnat#New ()
 8. Extra Plugins ~
 							   *ada-extra-plugins*
 
-You can optionally install the following extra plug-in. They work well with Ada
-and enhance the ability of the Ada mode.:
+You can optionally install the following extra plug-ins. They work well with
+Ada and enhance the ability of the Ada mode:
 
 backup.vim
 	http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1537
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ nerd_comments.vim
 matchit.vim
 	http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=39
 	'%' jumping for any language. The normal '%' jump only works for '{}'
-	style languages. The Ada mode will set the needed search patters.
+	style languages. The Ada mode will set the needed search patterns.
 
 taglist.vim
 	http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=273

runtime/doc/ft_sql.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*ft_sql.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: Wed Apr 26 2006 3:05:33 PM
+*sql.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2009 Nov 03
 
 by David Fishburn
 
@@ -15,7 +15,8 @@ features for navigation, indentation and syntax highlighting.
     1.4 Macros					|sql-macros|
 2. SQL Dialects					|sql-dialects|
     2.1 SQLSetType				|SQLSetType|
-    2.2 SQL Dialect Default			|sql-type-default|
+    2.2 SQLGetType				|SQLGetType|
+    2.3 SQL Dialect Default			|sql-type-default|
 3. Adding new SQL Dialects			|sql-adding-dialects|
 4. OMNI SQL Completion				|sql-completion|
     4.1 Static mode				|sql-completion-static|
@@ -204,7 +205,7 @@ Press any of the following keys: >
 						*sqlanywhere*
 						*oracle* *plsql* *sqlj*
 						*sqlserver*
-						*mysql* *postgres* *psql*
+						*mysql* *postgress* *psql*
 						*informix*
 
 All relational databases support SQL.  There is a portion of SQL that is
@@ -231,7 +232,7 @@ be nice to specify a default in your |vimrc|.
 
 2.1 SQLSetType					*sqlsettype* *SQLSetType*
 --------------
-For the people that work with many different databases, it would be nice to be
+For the people that work with many different databases, it is nice to be
 able to flip between the various vendors rules (indent, syntax) on a per
 buffer basis, at any time.  The ftplugin/sql.vim file defines this function: >
     SQLSetType
@@ -259,7 +260,17 @@ of available Vim script names: >
     :SQL<Tab><space><Tab>
 
 
-2.2 SQL Dialect Default				*sql-type-default*
+2.2 SQLGetType					*sqlgettype* *SQLGetType*
+--------------
+At anytime you can determine which SQL dialect you are using by calling the
+SQLGetType command.  The ftplugin/sql.vim file defines this function: >
+    SQLGetType
+
+This will echo: >
+    Current SQL dialect in use:sqlanywhere
+
+
+2.3 SQL Dialect Default				*sql-type-default*
 -----------------------
 As mentioned earlier, the default syntax rules for Vim is based on Oracle
 (PL/SQL).  You can override this default by placing one of the following in
@@ -331,6 +342,10 @@ The defaults static maps are: >
     imap <buffer> <C-C>T <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('sqlType')<CR><C-X><C-O>
     imap <buffer> <C-C>s <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('sqlStatement')<CR><C-X><C-O>
 
+The use of "<C-C>" can be user chosen by using the following in your |.vimrc| as it 
+may not work properly on all platforms: >
+    let g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key = '<C-C>'
+>
 The static maps (which are based on the syntax highlight groups) follow this
 format: >
     imap <buffer> <C-C>k <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('sqlKeyword')<CR><C-X><C-O>
@@ -406,21 +421,25 @@ to display a list of tables, procedures, views and columns. >
 To enable the popup, while in INSERT mode, use the following key combinations
 for each group (where <C-C> means hold the CTRL key down while pressing
 the space bar):
-     Table List		    - <C-C>t
-			    - <C-X><C-O> (the default map assumes tables)
-     Stored Procedure List  - <C-C>p
-     View List		    - <C-C>v
-     Column List	    - <C-C>c
+     Table List		   - <C-C>t
+			   - <C-X><C-O> (the default map assumes tables)
+     Stored Procedure List - <C-C>p
+     View List		   - <C-C>v
+     Column List	   - <C-C>c
 
-     Windows platform only  - When viewing a popup window displaying the list
-			      of tables, you can press <C-Right>, this will
-			      replace the table currently highlighted with
-			      the column list for that table.
-			    - When viewing a popup window displaying the list
-			      of columns, you can press <C-Left>, this will
-			      replace the column list with the list of tables.
-			    - This allows you to quickly drill down into a
-			      table to view it's columns and back again.
+     Drilling In / Out     - When viewing a popup window displaying the list
+			     of tables, you can press <Right>, this will
+			     replace the table currently highlighted with
+			     the column list for that table.
+			   - When viewing a popup window displaying the list
+			     of columns, you can press <Left>, this will
+			     replace the column list with the list of tables.
+			   - This allows you to quickly drill down into a
+			     table to view it's columns and back again.
+			   - <Right> and <Left> can be also be chosen via
+			     your |.vimrc| >
+                                let g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_right = '<Right>'
+                                let g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_left  = '<Left>'
 
 The SQL completion plugin caches various lists that are displayed in
 the popup window.  This makes the re-displaying of these lists very
@@ -498,30 +517,24 @@ beginning with those characters.  >
 The SQL completion plugin can also display a list of columns for particular
 tables.  The column completion is trigger via <C-C>c.
 
-NOTE: The following example uses <C-Right> to trigger a column list while
-the popup window is active.  This map is only available on the Windows
-platforms since *nix does not recognize CTRL and the right arrow held down
-together.  If you wish to enable this functionality on a *nix platform choose
-a key and create one of these mappings (see |sql-completion-maps| for further
-details on where to create this imap): >
-    imap <buffer> <your_keystroke> <C-R>=sqlcomplete#DrillIntoTable()<CR>
-    imap <buffer> <your_keystroke> <C-Y><C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('column')<CR><C-X><C-O>
+NOTE: The following example uses <Right> to trigger a column list while
+      the popup window is active.  
 
 Example of using column completion:
      - Press <C-C>t again to display the list of tables.
-     - When the list is displayed in the completion window, press <C-Right>,
+     - When the list is displayed in the completion window, press <Right>,
        this will replace the list of tables, with a list of columns for the
        table highlighted (after the same short delay).
-     - If you press <C-Left>, this will again replace the column list with the
+     - If you press <Left>, this will again replace the column list with the
        list of tables.  This allows you to drill into tables and column lists
        very quickly.
-     - Press <C-Right> again while the same table is highlighted.  You will
+     - Press <Right> again while the same table is highlighted.  You will
        notice there is no delay since the column list has been cached.  If you
        change the schema of a cached table you can press <C-C>R, which
        clears the SQL completion cache.
-     - NOTE: <C-Right> and <C-Left> have been designed to work while the
+     - NOTE: <Right> and <Left> have been designed to work while the
        completion window is active.  If the completion popup window is
-       not active, a normal <C-Right> or <C-Left> will be executed.
+       not active, a normal <Right> or <Left> will be executed.
 
 Lets look how we can build a SQL statement dynamically.  A select statement
 requires a list of columns.  There are two ways to build a column list using
@@ -529,7 +542,7 @@ the SQL completion plugin. >
     One column at a time:
 <       1. After typing SELECT press <C-C>t to display a list of tables.
 	2. Choose a table from the list.
-	3. Press <C-Right> to display a list of columns.
+	3. Press <Right> to display a list of columns.
 	4. Choose the column from the list and press enter.
 	5. Enter a "," and press <C-C>c.  Generating a column list
 	   generally requires having the cursor on a table name.  The plugin
@@ -632,7 +645,7 @@ your |vimrc|: >
 	- When completing tables, procedure or views and using dbext.vim 3.00
 	  or higher the list of objects will also include the owner name.
 	  When completing these objects and omni_sql_include_owner is enabled
-	  the owner name will be replaced. >
+	  the owner name will be be replaced. >
 
     omni_sql_precache_syntax_groups
 <	- Default:
@@ -684,15 +697,15 @@ plugin. >
     <C-C>L
 <       - Displays a comma separated list of columns for a specific table.
 	  This should only be used when the completion window is active. >
-    <C-Right>
+    <Right>
 <	- Displays a list of columns for the table currently highlighted in
-	  the completion window.  <C-Right> is not recognized on most Unix
+	  the completion window.  <Right> is not recognized on most Unix
 	  systems, so this maps is only created on the Windows platform.
 	  If you would like the same feature on Unix, choose a different key
 	  and make the same map in your vimrc. >
-    <C-Left>
+    <Left>
 <	- Displays the list of tables.
-	  <C-Left> is not recognized on most Unix systems, so this maps is
+	  <Left> is not recognized on most Unix systems, so this maps is
 	  only created on the Windows platform.  If you would like the same
 	  feature on Unix, choose a different key and make the same map in
 	  your vimrc. >

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jun 14
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2010 May 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ GUI version of Vim with:
 The X11 version of Vim can run both in GUI and in non-GUI mode.  See
 |gui-x11-start|.
 
-					*gui-init* *gvimrc* *.gvimrc* *_gvimrc*
+			*gui-init* *gvimrc* *.gvimrc* *_gvimrc* *$MYGVIMRC*
 The gvimrc file is where GUI-specific startup commands should be placed.  It
 is always sourced after the |vimrc| file.  If you have one then the $MYGVIMRC
 environment variable has its name.
 
 When the GUI starts up initializations are carried out, in this order:
-- The 'term' option is set to "builgin_gui" and terminal options are reset to
+- The 'term' option is set to "builtin_gui" and terminal options are reset to
   their default value for the GUI |terminal-options|.
 - If the system menu file exists, it is sourced.  The name of this file is
   normally "$VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim".  You can check this with ":version".  Also
@@ -473,9 +473,11 @@ this line to your .vimrc file (NOT your .gvimrc file!): >
 	:let did_install_default_menus = 1
 If you also want to avoid the Syntax menu: >
 	:let did_install_syntax_menu = 1
-If you do want the Syntax menu but not all the entries for each available
-syntax file (which take quite a bit of time to load): >
-	:let skip_syntax_sel_menu = 1
+The first item in the Syntax menu can be used to show all available filetypes
+in the menu (which can take a bit of time to load).  If you want to have all
+filetypes already present at startup, add: >
+	:let do_syntax_sel_menu = 1
+
 <
 							*console-menus*
 Although this documentation is in the GUI section, you can actually use menus
@@ -554,7 +556,7 @@ some modes:
 	mode		inserted	appended	~
 	Normal		nothing		nothing
 	Visual		<C-C>		<C-\><C-G>
-	Insert		<C-O>
+	Insert		<C-\><C-O>
 	Cmdline		<C-C>		<C-\><C-G>
 	Op-pending	<C-C>		<C-\><C-G>
 
@@ -569,7 +571,7 @@ is equal to: >
 
    :nmenu File.Next	:next^M
    :vmenu File.Next	^C:next^M^\^G
-   :imenu File.Next	^O:next^M
+   :imenu File.Next	^\^O:next^M
    :cmenu File.Next	^C:next^M^\^G
    :omenu File.Next	^C:next^M^\^G
 

runtime/doc/gui_x11.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2007 Dec 09
+*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2009 Oct 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -540,13 +540,16 @@ Of these three, Vim uses PRIMARY when reading and writing the "* register
 register.  Vim does not access the SECONDARY selection.
 
 Examples: (assuming the default option values)
-- Select an URL in Visual mode in Vim.  Go to a text field in Netscape and
-  click the middle mouse button.  The selected text will be inserted
-  (hopefully!).
-- Select some text in Netscape by dragging with the mouse.  Go to Vim and
+- Select an URL in Visual mode in Vim.  Go to your browser and click the
+  middle mouse button in the URL text field.  The selected text will be
+  inserted (hopefully!).  Note: in Firefox you can set the
+  middlemouse.contentLoadURL preference to true in about:config, then the
+  selected URL will be used when pressing middle mouse button in most places
+  in the window.
+- Select some text in your browser by dragging with the mouse.  Go to Vim and
   press the middle mouse button: The selected text is inserted.
-- Select some text in Vim and do "+y.  Go to Netscape, select some text in a
-  textfield by dragging with the mouse.  Now use the right mouse button and
+- Select some text in Vim and do "+y.  Go to your browser, select some text in
+  a textfield by dragging with the mouse.  Now use the right mouse button and
   select "Paste" from the popup menu.  The selected text is overwritten by the
   text from Vim.
 Note that the text in the "+ register remains available when making a Visual

runtime/doc/hangulin.txt

@@ -1,8 +1,12 @@
-*hangulin.txt*  For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2006 Apr 02
+*hangulin.txt*  For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2009 Jun 24
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Chi-Deok Hwang and Sung-Hyun Nam
 
+NOTE: The |+hangul_input| feature is scheduled to be removed.  If you want to
+keep it, please send a message to the Vim user maillist.
+
+
 Introduction					*hangul*
 ------------
 It is to input hangul, the Korean language, with VIM GUI version.
@@ -96,6 +100,6 @@ Bug or Comment
 Send comments, patches and suggestions to:
 
 				    Chi-Deok Hwang <hwang@mizi.co.kr>
-				    Nam SungHyun <namsh@kldp.org>
+				    SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com>
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -144,6 +144,7 @@ Special issues ~
 |hebrew.txt|	Hebrew language support and editing
 |russian.txt|	Russian language support and editing
 |ft_ada.txt|	Ada (the programming language) support
+|ft_sql.txt|	about the SQL filetype plugin
 |hangulin.txt|	Hangul (Korean) input mode
 |rileft.txt|	right-to-left editing mode
 

runtime/doc/if_cscop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2009 Mar 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Andy Kahn
@@ -131,11 +131,22 @@ The available subcommands are:
 		7 or f: Find this file
 		8 or i: Find files #including this file
 
+	For all types, except 4 and 6, leading white space for {name} is
+	removed.  For 4 and 6 there is exactly one space between {querytype}
+	and {name}.  Further white space is included in {name}.
+
 	EXAMPLES >
 	    :cscope find c vim_free
-	    :cscope find 3 vim_free
+	    :cscope find 3  vim_free
 <
-	    These two examples perform the same query. >
+	    These two examples perform the same query: functions calling
+	    "vim_free". >
+
+	    :cscope find t initOnce
+	    :cscope find t  initOnce
+<
+	    The first one searches for the text "initOnce", the second one for
+	    " initOnce". >
 
 	    :cscope find 0 DEFAULT_TERM
 <
@@ -344,13 +355,8 @@ cscope version for Win32 see:
 The DJGPP-built version from http://cscope.sourceforge.net is known to not
 work with Vim.
 
-There are a couple of hard-coded limitations:
-
-    1. The maximum number of cscope connections allowed is 8.  Do you
-    really need more?
-
-    2. Doing a |:tjump| when |:cstag| searches the tag files is not
-    configurable (e.g., you can't do a tselect instead).
+Hard-coded limitation: doing a |:tjump| when |:cstag| searches the tag files
+is not configurable (e.g., you can't do a tselect instead).
 
 ==============================================================================
 6. Suggested usage					*cscope-suggestions*
@@ -475,7 +481,8 @@ bit of code) was adapted from the cscope interface in nvi.  Please report
 any problems, suggestions, patches, et al., you have for the usage of
 cscope within Vim to him.
 							*cscope-win32*
-For a cscope version for Win32 see: http://iamphet.nm.ru/cscope/index.html
+For a cscope version for Win32 see:
+	http://code.google.com/p/cscope-win32/
 
 Win32 support was added by Sergey Khorev <sergey.khorev@gmail.com>.  Contact
 him if you have Win32-specific issues.

runtime/doc/if_mzsch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jun 28
+*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2010 Feb 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sergey Khorev
@@ -9,8 +9,9 @@ The MzScheme Interface to Vim				*mzscheme* *MzScheme*
 1. Commands				|mzscheme-commands|
 2. Examples				|mzscheme-examples|
 3. Threads				|mzscheme-threads|
-4. The Vim access procedures		|mzscheme-vim|
-5. Dynamic loading			|mzscheme-dynamic|
+4. Vim access from MzScheme		|mzscheme-vim|
+5. mzeval() Vim function		|mzscheme-mzeval|
+6. Dynamic loading			|mzscheme-dynamic|
 
 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
 
@@ -42,10 +43,6 @@ Note: On FreeBSD you should use the "drscheme" port.
 
 							*:mzfile* *:mzf*
 :[range]mzf[ile] {file}	Execute the MzScheme script in {file}.  {not in Vi}
-			All statements are executed in the namespace of the
-			buffer that was current during :mzfile start.
-			If you want to access other namespaces, use
-			'parameterize'.
 
 All of these commands do essentially the same thing - they execute a piece of
 MzScheme code, with the "current range" set to the given line
@@ -54,8 +51,6 @@ range.
 In the case of :mzscheme, the code to execute is in the command-line.
 In the case of :mzfile, the code to execute is the contents of the given file.
 
-Each buffer has its own MzScheme namespace. Global namespace is bound to
-the "global-namespace" value from the 'vimext' module.
 MzScheme interface defines exception exn:vim, derived from exn.
 It is raised for various Vim errors.
 
@@ -79,40 +74,8 @@ To avoid clashes with MzScheme, consider using prefix when requiring module,
 e.g.: >
 	:mzscheme (require (prefix vim- vimext))
 <
-All the examples below assume this naming scheme.  Note that you need to do
-this again for every buffer.
+All the examples below assume this naming scheme. 
 
-The auto-instantiation can be achieved with autocommands, e.g. you can put
-something like this in your .vimrc (EOFs should not have indentation): >
-    function s:MzRequire()
-	if has("mzscheme")
-	    :mz << EOF
-	    (require (prefix vim- vimext))
-	    (let ((buf (vim-get-buff-by-name (vim-eval "expand(\"<afile>\")"))))
-	      (when (and buf (not (eq? buf (vim-curr-buff))))
-		(parameterize ((current-namespace (vim-get-buff-namespace buf)))
-		  (namespace-attach-module vim-global-namespace 'vimext)
-		  (namespace-require '(prefix vim vimext)))))
-    EOF
-	endif
-    endfunction
-
-    function s:MzStartup()
-	if has("mzscheme")
-	    au BufNew,BufNewFile,BufAdd,BufReadPre * :call s:MzRequire()
-	    :mz << EOF
-	    (current-library-collection-paths
-		(cons
-		    (build-path (find-system-path 'addon-dir) (version) "collects")
-		    (current-library-collection-paths)))
-    EOF
-	endif
-    endfunction
-
-    call s:MzStartup()
-<
-
-The global namespace just instantiated this module with the prefix "vimext:".
 							*mzscheme-sandbox*
 When executed in the |sandbox|, access to some filesystem and Vim interface
 procedures is restricted.
@@ -121,15 +84,20 @@ procedures is restricted.
 2. Examples						*mzscheme-examples*
 >
 	:mzscheme (display "Hello")
+	:mz (display (string-append "Using MzScheme version " (version)))
+	:mzscheme (require (prefix vim- vimext)) ; for MzScheme < 4.x
+	:mzscheme (require (prefix-in vim- 'vimext)) ; MzScheme 4.x
 	:mzscheme (vim-set-buff-line 10 "This is line #10")
 <
 Inline script usage: >
 	function! <SID>SetFirstLine()
 	    :mz << EOF
 	    (display "!!!")
+	    (require (prefix vim- vimext))
+	    ; for newer versions (require (prefix-in vim- 'vimext))
 	    (vim-set-buff-line 1 "This is line #1")
 	    (vim-beep)
-	    EOF
+	EOF
 	endfunction
 
 	nmap <F9> :call <SID>SetFirstLine() <CR>
@@ -137,17 +105,33 @@ Inline script usage: >
 File execution: >
 	:mzfile supascript.scm
 <
-Accessing the current buffer namespace from an MzScheme program running in
-another buffer within |:mzfile|-executed script : >
-	; Move to the window below
-	(vim-command "wincmd j")
-	; execute in the context of buffer, to which window belongs
-	; assume that buffer has 'textstring' defined
-	(parameterize ((current-namespace
-			(vim-get-buff-namespace (vim-curr-buff))))
-	 (eval '(vim-set-buff-line 1 textstring)))
+Vim exception handling: >
+	:mz << EOF
+	(require (prefix vim- vimext))
+	; for newer versions (require (prefix-in vim- 'vimext))
+	(with-handlers
+	  ([exn:vim? (lambda (e) (display (exn-message e)))])
+	  (vim-eval "nonsense-string"))
+	EOF
 <
+Auto-instantiation of vimext module (can be placed in your |vimrc|): >
+    function! MzRequire()
+	:redir => l:mzversion
+	:mz (version)
+	:redir END
+	if strpart(l:mzversion, 1, 1) < "4"
+	    " MzScheme versions < 4.x:
+	    :mz (require (prefix vim- vimext))
+	else
+	    " newer versions:
+	    :mz (require (prefix-in vim- 'vimext))
+	endif
+    endfunction
 
+    if has("mzscheme")
+	silent call MzRequire()
+    endif
+<
 ==============================================================================
 3. Threads						*mzscheme-threads*
 
@@ -159,7 +143,7 @@ Thread scheduling in the console version of Vim is less reliable than in the
 GUI version.
 
 ==============================================================================
-5. VIM Functions					*mzscheme-vim*
+4. Vim access from MzScheme				*mzscheme-vim*
 
 							*mzscheme-vimext*
 The 'vimext' module provides access to procedures defined in the MzScheme
@@ -168,11 +152,11 @@ interface.
 Common
 ------
     (command {command-string})	    Perform the vim ":Ex" style command.
-    (eval {expr-string})	    Evaluate the vim expression to a string.
-				    A |List| is turned into a string by
-				    joining the items and inserting line
-				    breaks.
-				    NOTE clashes with MzScheme eval
+    (eval {expr-string})	    Evaluate the vim expression into
+				    respective MzScheme object: |Lists| are
+				    represented as Scheme lists,
+				    |Dictionaries| as hash tables.
+				    NOTE the name clashes with MzScheme eval
     (range-start)		    Start/End of the range passed with
     (range-end)			    the Scheme command.
     (beep)			    beep
@@ -186,7 +170,6 @@ Common
 				    be set. The symbol 'global can be passed
 				    as {buffer-or-window}. Then |:setglobal|
 				    will be used.
-    global-namespace		    The MzScheme main namespace.
 
 Buffers							 *mzscheme-buffer*
 -------
@@ -202,8 +185,7 @@ Buffers							 *mzscheme-buffer*
 				    current buffer will be used.
     (get-buff-line-list {start} {end} [buffer])
 				    Get a list of lines in a buffer. {Start}
-				    and {end} are 1-based. {Start} is
-				    inclusive, {end} - exclusive.
+				    and {end} are 1-based and inclusive.
     (set-buff-line-list {start} {end} {string-list} [buffer])
 				    Set a list of lines in a buffer. If
 				    string-list is #f or null, the lines get
@@ -217,8 +199,8 @@ Buffers							 *mzscheme-buffer*
 				    Insert a list of lines into a buffer after
 				    {linenr}. If {linenr} is 0, lines will be
 				    inserted at start.
-    (curr-buff)			    Get the current buffer. Use procedures
-				    from "vimcmd" module to change it.
+    (curr-buff)			    Get the current buffer. Use other MzScheme
+				    interface procedures to change it.
     (buff-count)		    Get count of total buffers in the editor.
     (get-next-buff [buffer])	    Get next buffer.
     (get-prev-buff [buffer])	    Get previous buffer. Return #f when there
@@ -228,7 +210,6 @@ Buffers							 *mzscheme-buffer*
 					if there is no such buffer.
     (get-buff-by-num {buffernum})   Get a buffer by its number (return #f if
 				    there is no buffer with this number).
-    (get-buff-namespace [buffer])   Get buffer namespace.
 
 Windows							    *mzscheme-window*
 ------
@@ -250,7 +231,13 @@ Windows							    *mzscheme-window*
     (set-cursor (line . col) [window])  Set cursor position.
 
 ==============================================================================
-5. Dynamic loading					*mzscheme-dynamic*
+5. mzeval() Vim function				    *mzscheme-mzeval*
+
+To facilitate bi-directional interface, you can use |mzeval| function to
+evaluate MzScheme expressions and pass their values to VimL.
+
+==============================================================================
+6. Dynamic loading				    *mzscheme-dynamic* *E815*
 
 On MS-Windows the MzScheme libraries can be loaded dynamically. The |:version|
 output then includes |+mzscheme/dyn|.

runtime/doc/if_ole.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_ole.txt*    For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2007 May 10
+*if_ole.txt*    For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Aug 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Example (Visual Basic syntax) >
 3. The "normal" command					*ole-normal*
 
 Due to the way Vim processes OLE Automation commands, combined with the method
-of implementation of the ex command :normal, it is not possible to execute the
+of implementation of the Ex command :normal, it is not possible to execute the
 :normal command via OLE automation.  Any attempt to do so will fail, probably
 harmlessly, although possibly in unpredictable ways.
 

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2006 Apr 30
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Aug 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ module before using it: >
 
 Overview >
 	:py print "Hello"		# displays a message
-	:py vim.command(cmd)		# execute an ex command
+	:py vim.command(cmd)		# execute an Ex command
 	:py w = vim.windows[n]		# gets window "n"
 	:py cw = vim.current.window	# gets the current window
 	:py b = vim.buffers[n]		# gets buffer "n"

runtime/doc/if_ruby.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2006 Apr 30
+*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Aug 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Shugo Maeda
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Ruby code gets all of its access to vim via the "VIM" module.
 
 Overview >
 	print "Hello"			      # displays a message
-	VIM.command(cmd)		      # execute an ex command
+	VIM.command(cmd)		      # execute an Ex command
 	num = VIM::Window.count		      # gets the number of windows
 	w = VIM::Window[n]		      # gets window "n"
 	cw = VIM::Window.current	      # gets the current window

runtime/doc/if_tcl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_tcl.txt*    For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jun 26
+*if_tcl.txt*    For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Aug 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Ingo Wilken
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ The following commands are implemented: >
 	::vim::beep			# Guess.
 	::vim::buffer {n}		# Create Tcl command for one buffer.
 	::vim::buffer list		# Create Tcl commands for all buffers.
-	::vim::command [-quiet] {cmd}	# Execute an ex command.
+	::vim::command [-quiet] {cmd}	# Execute an Ex command.
 	::vim::expr {expr}		# Use Vim's expression evaluator.
 	::vim::option {opt}		# Get vim option.
 	::vim::option {opt} {val}	# Set vim option.
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Commands:
 
 	::vim::command {cmd}				*tcl-command*
 	::vim::command -quiet {cmd}
-	Execute the vim (ex-mode) command {cmd}.  Any ex command that affects
+	Execute the vim (ex-mode) command {cmd}.  Any Ex command that affects
 	a buffer or window uses the current buffer/current window.  Does not
 	return a result other than a standard Tcl error code.  After this
 	command is completed, the "::vim::current" variable is updated.
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ Variables:
 
 	line						*tcl-var-line*
 	lnum						*tcl-var-lnum*
-	These global variables are only available if the ":tcldo" ex command
+	These global variables are only available if the ":tcldo" Ex command
 	is being executed.  They contain the text and line number of the
 	current line.  When the Tcl command invoked by ":tcldo" is completed,
 	the current line is set to the contents of the "line" variable, unless
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ Let's assume the name of the window command is stored in the Tcl variable "win",
 i.e. "$win" calls the command.  The following options are available: >
 
 	$win buffer		# Create Tcl command for window's buffer.
-	$win command {cmd}	# Execute ex command in windows context.
+	$win command {cmd}	# Execute Ex command in windows context.
 	$win cursor		# Get current cursor position.
 	$win cursor {var}	# Set cursor position from array variable.
 	$win cursor {row} {col}	# Set cursor position.
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ Let's assume the name of the buffer command is stored in the Tcl variable "buf",
 i.e. "$buf" calls the command.  The following options are available: >
 
 	$buf append {n} {str}	# Append a line to buffer, after line {n}.
-	$buf command {cmd}	# Execute ex command in buffers context.
+	$buf command {cmd}	# Execute Ex command in buffers context.
 	$buf count		# Report number of lines in buffer.
 	$buf delcmd {cmd}	# Call Tcl command when buffer is deleted.
 	$buf delete {n}		# Delete a single line.
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ used to display messages in vim.
 ==============================================================================
 7. Known bugs & problems				*tcl-bugs*
 
-Calling one of the Tcl ex commands from inside Tcl (via "::vim::command") may
+Calling one of the Tcl Ex commands from inside Tcl (via "::vim::command") may
 have unexpected side effects.  The command creates a new interpreter, which
 has the same abilities as the standard interpreter - making "::vim::command"
 available in a safe child interpreter therefore makes the child unsafe.  (It
@@ -487,11 +487,11 @@ This script adds a consecutive number to each line in the current range:
 		incr i ; incr n
 	}
 
-The same can also be done quickly with two ex commands, using ":tcldo":
+The same can also be done quickly with two Ex commands, using ":tcldo":
 	:tcl set n 1
 	:[range]tcldo set line "$n\t$line" ; incr n
 
-This procedure runs an ex command on each buffer (idea stolen from Ron Aaron):
+This procedure runs an Ex command on each buffer (idea stolen from Ron Aaron):
 	proc eachbuf { cmd } {
 		foreach b [::vim::buffer list] {
 			$b command $cmd
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ This procedure runs an ex command on each buffer (idea stolen from Ron Aaron):
 Use it like this:
 	:tcl eachbuf %s/foo/bar/g
 Be careful with Tcl's string and backslash substitution, tough.  If in doubt,
-surround the ex command with curly braces.
+surround the Ex command with curly braces.
 
 
 If you want to add some Tcl procedures permanently to vim, just place them in

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jul 30
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2010 Mar 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 
 	*N    Vim searches for unclosed comments at most N lines away.  This
 	      limits the time needed to search for the start of a comment.
-	      (default 30 lines).
+	      (default 70 lines).
 
 	#N    When N is non-zero recognize shell/Perl comments, starting with
 	      '#'.  Default N is zero: don't recognizes '#' comments.  Note
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 
 The defaults, spelled out in full, are:
 	cinoptions=>s,e0,n0,f0,{0,}0,^0,:s,=s,l0,b0,gs,hs,ps,ts,is,+s,c3,C0,
-		   /0,(2s,us,U0,w0,W0,m0,j0,)20,*30,#0
+		   /0,(2s,us,U0,w0,W0,m0,j0,)20,*70,#0
 
 Vim puts a line in column 1 if:
 - It starts with '#' (preprocessor directives), if 'cinkeys' contains '#'.
@@ -609,8 +609,9 @@ b:sh_indent_options['continuation-line']
 
 b:sh_indent_options['case-labels']
 				Amount of indent to add for case labels.
+				(not actually implemented)
 
-b:sh_indent_options['case-statement']
+b:sh_indent_options['case-statements']
 				Amount of indent to add for case statements.
 
 b:sh_indent_options['case-breaks']

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 May 04
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2009 Jul 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ tag		command		   action in Normal mode	~
 |CTRL-W_+|	CTRL-W +	   increase current window height N lines
 |CTRL-W_-|	CTRL-W -	   decrease current window height N lines
 |CTRL-W_<|	CTRL-W <	   decrease current window width N columns
-|CTRL-W_=|	CTRL-W =	   make all windows the same height
+|CTRL-W_=|	CTRL-W =	   make all windows the same height & width
 |CTRL-W_>|	CTRL-W >	   increase current window width N columns
 |CTRL-W_H|	CTRL-W H	   move current window to the far left
 |CTRL-W_J|	CTRL-W J	   move current window to the very bottom
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ tag		command		   action in Normal mode	~
 				   window N lines high
 |CTRL-W_t|	CTRL-W t	   go to top window
 |CTRL-W_v|	CTRL-W v	   split current window vertically, new window
-				   N lines wide
+				   N columns wide
 |CTRL-W_w|	CTRL-W w	   go to N next window (wrap around)
 |CTRL-W_x|	CTRL-W x	   exchange current window with window N
 				   (default: next window)
@@ -1339,6 +1339,7 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 |:number|	:nu[mber]	print lines with line number
 |:nunmap|	:nun[map]	like ":unmap" but for Normal mode
 |:nunmenu|	:nunme[nu]	remove menu for Normal mode
+|:oldfiles|	:ol[dfiles]	list files that have marks in the viminfo file
 |:open|		:o[pen]		start open mode (not implemented)
 |:omap|		:om[ap]		like ":map" but for Operator-pending mode
 |:omapclear|	:omapc[lear]	remove all mappings for Operator-pending mode
@@ -1436,7 +1437,7 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 |:shell|	:sh[ell]	escape to a shell
 |:simalt|	:sim[alt]	Win32 GUI: simulate Windows ALT key
 |:sign|		:sig[n]		manipulate signs
-|:silent|	:sil[ent]	Run a command silently
+|:silent|	:sil[ent]	run a command silently
 |:sleep|	:sl[eep]	do nothing for a few seconds
 |:slast|	:sla[st]	split window and go to last file in the
 				argument list
@@ -1525,6 +1526,7 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 |:unlockvar|	:unlo[ckvar]	unlock variables
 |:unmap|	:unm[ap]	remove mapping
 |:unmenu|	:unme[nu]	remove menu
+|:unsilent|	:uns[ilent]	run a command not silently
 |:update|	:up[date]	write buffer if modified
 |:vglobal|	:v[global]	execute commands for not matching lines
 |:version|	:ve[rsion]	print version number and other info

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jun 21
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2010 Mar 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -123,6 +123,7 @@ CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+:.-=}					*i_CTRL-R*
 			':'	the last command-line
 			'.'	the last inserted text
 			'-'	the last small (less than a line) delete
+							*i_CTRL-R_=*
 			'='	the expression register: you are prompted to
 				enter an expression (see |expression|)
 				Note that 0x80 (128 decimal) is used for
@@ -133,6 +134,8 @@ CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+:.-=}					*i_CTRL-R*
 				When the result is a |List| the items are used
 				as lines.  They can have line breaks inside
 				too.
+				When the result is a Float it's automatically
+				converted to a String.
 		See |registers| about registers.  {not in Vi}
 
 CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
@@ -636,6 +639,7 @@ completion operation: >
 	      return "\<Tab>"
 	   else
 	      return "\<C-N>"
+	   endif
 	endfunction
 	inoremap <Tab> <C-R>=CleverTab()<CR>
 
@@ -660,7 +664,8 @@ CTRL-X CTRL-L		Search backwards for a line that starts with the
 
 	CTRL-X CTRL-L	After expanding a line you can additionally get the
 			line next to it by typing CTRL-X CTRL-L again, unless
-			a double CTRL-X is used.
+			a double CTRL-X is used.  Only works for loaded
+			buffers.
 
 Completing keywords in current file			*compl-current*
 
@@ -1488,7 +1493,7 @@ with data pulled directly from within a database.  For detailed instructions
 and a tutorial see |omni-sql-completion|.
 
 The SQL completion plugin can be used in conjunction with other completion
-plugins.  For example, the PHP filetype has it's own completion plugin.
+plugins.  For example, the PHP filetype has its own completion plugin.
 Since PHP is often used to generate dynamic website by accessing a database,
 the SQL completion plugin can also be enabled.  This allows you to complete
 PHP code and SQL code at the same time.
@@ -1725,14 +1730,9 @@ too long when appending characters a line break is automatically inserted.
 These two commands will keep on asking for lines, until you type a line
 containing only a ".".  Watch out for lines starting with a backslash, see
 |line-continuation|.
-When these commands are used with |:global| or |:vglobal| then the lines are
-obtained from the text following the command.  Separate lines with a NL
-escaped with a backslash: >
-	:global/abc/insert\
-	one line\
-	another line
-The final "." is not needed then.
-NOTE: ":append" and ":insert" don't work properly in between ":if" and
+
+NOTE: These commands cannot be used with |:global| or |:vglobal|.
+":append" and ":insert" don't work properly in between ":if" and
 ":endif", ":for" and ":endfor", ":while" and ":endwhile".
 
 							*:start* *:startinsert*

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jun 24
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2009 Apr 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -43,6 +43,10 @@ between different computers and terminals.  Besides the remarks given in this
 document, there is a separate document for each supported system, see
 |sys-file-list|.
 
+							*pronounce*
+Vim is pronounced as one word, like Jim, not vi-ai-em.  It's written with a
+capital, since it's a name, again like Jim.
+
 This manual is a reference for all the Vim commands and options.  This is not
 an introduction to the use of Vi or Vim, it gets a bit complicated here and
 there.  For beginners, there is a hands-on |tutor|.  To learn using Vim, read

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Aug 09
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2009 Nov 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -224,6 +224,10 @@ expression is evaluated to obtain the {rhs} that is used.  Example: >
 The result of the InsertDot() function will be inserted.  It could check the
 text before the cursor and start omni completion when some condition is met.
 
+For abbreviations |v:char| is set to the character that was typed to trigger
+the abbreviation.  You can use this to decide how to expand the {lhs}.  You
+can't change v:char and you should not insert it.
+
 Be very careful about side effects!  The expression is evaluated while
 obtaining characters, you may very well make the command dysfunctional.
 For this reason the following is blocked:
@@ -268,9 +272,10 @@ as a special key.
 1.3 MAPPING AND MODES					*:map-modes*
 			*mapmode-nvo* *mapmode-n* *mapmode-v* *mapmode-o*
 
-There are five sets of mappings
+There are six sets of mappings
 - For Normal mode: When typing commands.
 - For Visual mode: When typing commands while the Visual area is highlighted.
+- For Select mode: like Visual mode but typing text replaces the selection.
 - For Operator-pending mode: When an operator is pending (after "d", "y", "c",
   etc.).  See below: |omap-info|.
 - For Insert mode.  These are also used in Replace mode.
@@ -295,6 +300,9 @@ Overview of which map command works in which mode:
 Some commands work both in Visual and Select mode, some in only one.  Note
 that quite often "Visual" is mentioned where both Visual and Select mode
 apply. |Select-mode-mapping|
+NOTE: Mapping a printable character in Select mode may confuse the user.  It's
+better to explicitly use :xmap and :smap for printable characters.  Or use
+:sunmap after defining the mapping.
 
     commands:				      modes: ~
 					  Visual    Select ~
@@ -586,11 +594,14 @@ otherwise you would not be able to use those commands anymore.  Here are a few
 suggestions:
 - Function keys <F2>, <F3>, etc..  Also the shifted function keys <S-F1>,
   <S-F2>, etc.  Note that <F1> is already used for the help command.
-- Meta-keys (with the ALT key pressed). |:map-alt-keys|
+- Meta-keys (with the ALT key pressed).  Depending on your keybord accented
+  characters may be used as well. |:map-alt-keys|
 - Use the '_' or ',' character and then any other character.  The "_" and ","
   commands do exist in Vim (see |_| and |,|), but you probably never use them.
 - Use a key that is a synonym for another command.  For example: CTRL-P and
   CTRL-N.  Use an extra character to allow more mappings.
+- The key defined by <Leader> and one or more other keys.  This is especially
+  useful in scripts. |mapleader|
 
 See the file "index" for keys that are not used and thus can be mapped without
 losing any builtin function.  You can also use ":help {key}^D" to find out if
@@ -1078,7 +1089,7 @@ feature}.
 It is possible to define your own Ex commands.  A user-defined command can act
 just like a built-in command (it can have a range or arguments, arguments can
 be completed as filenames or buffer names, etc), except that when the command
-is executed, it is transformed into a normal ex command and then executed.
+is executed, it is transformed into a normal Ex command and then executed.
 
 For starters: See section |40.2| in the user manual.
 
@@ -1146,7 +1157,7 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 
 Command attributes
 
-User-defined commands are treated by Vim just like any other ex commands.  They
+User-defined commands are treated by Vim just like any other Ex commands.  They
 can have arguments, or have a range specified.  Arguments are subject to
 completion as filenames, buffers, etc.  Exactly how this works depends upon the
 command's attributes, which are specified when the command is defined.
@@ -1236,7 +1247,7 @@ The function arguments are:
 	CursorPos	the cursor position in it (byte index)
 The function may use these for determining context.  For the "custom"
 argument, it is not necessary to filter candidates against the (implicit
-pattern in) ArgLead.  Vim will do filter the candidates with its regexp engine
+pattern in) ArgLead.  Vim will filter the candidates with its regexp engine
 after function return, and this is probably more efficient in most cases. For
 the "customlist" argument, Vim will not filter the returned completion
 candidates and the user supplied function should filter the candidates.
@@ -1252,7 +1263,7 @@ the 'path' option: >
     :com -nargs=1 -bang -complete=customlist,EditFileComplete
 			\ EditFile edit<bang> <args>
     :fun EditFileComplete(A,L,P)
-    :    return split(globpath(&path, a:ArgLead), "\n")
+    :    return split(globpath(&path, a:A), "\n")
     :endfun
 <
 
@@ -1401,7 +1412,7 @@ errors and the "update" command to write modified buffers): >
 This will invoke: >
 	:call Allargs("%s/foo/bar/ge|update")
 <
-When defining an user command in a script, it will be able to call functions
+When defining a user command in a script, it will be able to call functions
 local to the script and use mappings local to the script.  When the user
 invokes the user command, it will run in the context of the script it was
 defined in.  This matters if |<SID>| is used in a command.

runtime/doc/mbyte.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jun 21
+*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2009 Nov 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar et al.
@@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ Unfortunately, using fonts in X11 is complicated.  The name of a single-byte
 font is a long string.  For multi-byte fonts we need several of these...
 
 Note: Most of this is no longer relevant for GTK+ 2.  Selecting a font via
-its XLFD is not supported anymore; see 'guifont' for an example of how to
+its XLFD is not supported; see 'guifont' for an example of how to
 set the font.  Do yourself a favor and ignore the |XLFD| and |xfontset|
 sections below.
 
@@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@ For Command-line mode the flag is NOT remembered.  You are expected to type an
 Ex command first, which is ASCII.
 For typing search patterns the 'imsearch' option is used.  It can be set to
 use the same value as for 'iminsert'.
-
+								*lCursor*
 It is possible to give the GUI cursor another color when the language mappings
 are being used.  This is disabled by default, to avoid that the cursor becomes
 invisible when you use a non-standard background color.  Here is an example to
@@ -1246,21 +1246,37 @@ character sets.  Therefore it is possible to write text in any language using
 Unicode (with a few rarely used languages excluded).  And it's mostly possible
 to mix these languages in one file, which is impossible with other encodings.
 
-Unicode can be encoded in several ways.  The two most popular ones are UCS-2,
-which uses 16-bit words and UTF-8, which uses one or more bytes for each
-character.  Vim can support all of these encodings, but always uses UTF-8
+Unicode can be encoded in several ways.  The most popular one is UTF-8, which
+uses one or more bytes for each character and is backwards compatible with
+ASCII.   On MS-Windows UTF-16 is also used (previously UCS-2), which uses
+16-bit words.  Vim can support all of these encodings, but always uses UTF-8
 internally.
 
-Vim has comprehensive UTF-8 support.  It appears to work in:
+Vim has comprehensive UTF-8 support.  It works well in:
 - xterm with utf-8 support enabled
 - Athena, Motif and GTK GUI
 - MS-Windows GUI
+- several other platforms
 
 Double-width characters are supported.  This works best with 'guifontwide' or
 'guifontset'.  When using only 'guifont' the wide characters are drawn in the
 normal width and a space to fill the gap.  Note that the 'guifontset' option
 is no longer relevant in the GTK+ 2 GUI.
 
+							*bom-bytes*
+When reading a file a BOM (Byte Order Mark) can be used to recognize the
+Unicode encoding:
+	EF BB BF     utf-8
+	FF FE        utf-16 big endian
+	FE FF        utf-16 little endian
+	00 00 FE FF  utf-32 big endian
+	FF FE 00 00  utf-32 little endian
+
+Utf-8 is the recommended encoding.  Note that it's difficult to tell utf-16
+and utf-32 apart.  Utf-16 is often used on MS-Windows, utf-32 is not
+widespread as file format.
+
+
 					*mbyte-combining* *mbyte-composing*
 A composing or combining character is used to change the meaning of the
 character before it.  The combining characters are drawn on top of the
@@ -1402,7 +1418,7 @@ options.txt for detailed information.
 
 Contributions specifically for the multi-byte features by:
 	Chi-Deok Hwang <hwang@mizi.co.kr>
-	Nam SungHyun <namsh@kldp.org>
+	SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com>
 	K.Nagano <nagano@atese.advantest.co.jp>
 	Taro Muraoka  <koron@tka.att.ne.jp>
 	Yasuhiro Matsumoto <mattn@mail.goo.ne.jp>

runtime/doc/message.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2007 Aug 19
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2010 Feb 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ LIST OF MESSAGES
   Hangul automata ERROR
   block was not locked
   Didn't get block nr {N}?
-  ml_timestamp: Didn't get block 0??
+  ml_upd_block0(): Didn't get block 0??
   pointer block id wrong {N}
   Updated too many blocks?
   get_varp ERROR
@@ -128,15 +128,14 @@ The color name {name} is unknown.  See |gui-colors| for a list of colors that
 are available on most systems.
 
 							*E458*  >
-  Cannot allocate colormap entry for "xxxx"
   Cannot allocate colormap entry, some colors may be incorrect
 
 This means that there are not enough colors available for Vim.  It will still
 run, but some of the colors will not appear in the specified color.  Try
 stopping other applications that use many colors, or start them after starting
 gvim.
-Netscape is known to consume a lot of colors.  You can avoid this by telling
-it to use its own colormap: >
+Browsers are known to consume a lot of colors.  You can avoid this with
+netscape by telling it to use its own colormap: >
 	netscape -install
 Or tell it to limit to a certain number of colors (64 should work well): >
 	netscape -ncols 64
@@ -180,7 +179,7 @@ manually delete the link or the file, or change the permissions so that Vim
 can overwrite.
 
 							*E46*  >
-  Cannot set read-only variable "{name}"
+  Cannot change read-only variable "{name}"
 
 You are trying to assign a value to an argument of a function |a:var| or a Vim
 internal variable |v:var| which is read-only.
@@ -279,8 +278,8 @@ Writing a file was not completed successfully.  The file is probably
 incomplete.
 
 							*E13* *E189*  >
-  File exists (use ! to override)
-  "{filename}" exists (use ! to override)
+  File exists (add ! to override)
+  "{filename}" exists (add ! to override)
 
 You are protected from accidentally overwriting a file.  When you want to
 write anyway, use the same command, but add a "!" just after the command.
@@ -349,7 +348,7 @@ the other way around.  It should be used like this: {foo,bar}.  This matches
 "foo" and "bar".
 
 							*E315*  >
-  ml_get: invalid lnum:
+  ml_get: invalid lnum: {number}
 
 This is an internal Vim error.  Please try to find out how it can be
 reproduced, and submit a bug report |bugreport.vim|.
@@ -420,8 +419,8 @@ mapping.  All variations of this command give the same message: ":cunmap",
   |:map-<buffer>|
 
 							*E37* *E89*  >
-  No write since last change (use ! to override)
-  No write since last change for buffer {N} (use ! to override)
+  No write since last change (add ! to override)
+  No write since last change for buffer {N} (add ! to override)
 
 You are trying to |abandon| a file that has changes.  Vim protects you from
 losing your work.  You can either write the changed file with ":w", or, if you
@@ -477,7 +476,7 @@ This only happens on systems with 16 bit ints: The compiled regexp pattern is
 longer than about 65000 characters.  Try using a shorter pattern.
 
 							*E45*  >
-  'readonly' option is set (use ! to override)
+  'readonly' option is set (add ! to override)
 
 You are trying to write a file that was marked as read-only.  To write the
 file anyway, either reset the 'readonly' option, or add a '!' character just
@@ -567,7 +566,7 @@ allowed for the command that was used.
   Unable to open swap file for "{filename}", recovery impossible
 
 Vim was not able to create a swap file.  You can still edit the file, but if
-Vim unexpected exits the changes will be lost.  And Vim may consume a lot of
+Vim unexpectedly exits the changes will be lost.  And Vim may consume a lot of
 memory when editing a big file.  You may want to change the 'directory' option
 to avoid this error.  See |swap-file|.
 
@@ -641,7 +640,7 @@ bit to be reset.  It should be safe to reload the file.  Set 'autoread' to
 automatically reload the file.
 
 							*E211*  >
-  Warning: File "{filename}" no longer available
+  File "{filename}" no longer available
 
 The file which you have started editing has disappeared, or is no longer
 accessible.  Make sure you write the buffer somewhere to avoid losing
@@ -688,6 +687,7 @@ no argument has been specified.
 
 							*E474* *E475*  >
   Invalid argument
+  Invalid argument: {arg}
 
 An Ex command has been executed, but an invalid argument has been specified.
 
@@ -715,8 +715,8 @@ A range was specified for an Ex command that doesn't permit one.  See
 Vim cannot create a temporary file.
 
 							*E484* *E485*  >
-  Can't open file %s"
-  Can't read file %s"
+  Can't open file {filename}
+  Can't read file {filename}
 
 Vim cannot read a temporary file.
 
@@ -758,9 +758,9 @@ and the screen is about to be redrawn:
 -> Press 'k', <Up>, 'u', 'b' or 'g' to scroll back in the messages.  This
    works the same way as at the |more-prompt|.  Only works when 'compatible'
    is off and 'more' is on.
--> Pressing 'j', 'd' or <Down> is ignored when messages scrolled off the top
-   of the screen, 'compatible' is off and 'more' is on, to avoid that typing
-   one 'j' too many causes the messages to disappear.
+-> Pressing 'j', 'f', 'd' or <Down> is ignored when messages scrolled off the
+   top of the screen, 'compatible' is off and 'more' is on, to avoid that
+   typing one 'j' or 'f' too many causes the messages to disappear.
 -> Press <C-Y> to copy (yank) a modeless selection to the clipboard register.
 -> Use a menu.  The characters defined for Cmdline-mode are used.
 -> When 'mouse' contains the 'r' flag, clicking the left mouse button works
@@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ group.
 Type					effect ~
      <CR> or <NL> or j or <Down>	one more line
      d					down a page (half a screen)
-     <Space> or <PageDown>		down a screen
+     <Space> or f or <PageDown>		down a screen
      G					down all the way, until the hit-enter
 					prompt
 

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Aug 03
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2010 May 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -151,6 +151,11 @@ CTRL-V		When used after an operator, before the motion command: Force
 ==============================================================================
 2. Left-right motions					*left-right-motions*
 
+These commands move the cursor to the specified column in the current line.
+They stop at the first column and at the end of the line, except "$", which
+may move to one of the next lines.  See 'whichwrap' option to make some of the
+commands move across line boundaries.
+
 h		or					*h*
 <Left>		or					*<Left>*
 CTRL-H		or					*CTRL-H* *<BS>*
@@ -234,7 +239,7 @@ g$ or g<End>		When lines wrap ('wrap' on): To the last character of
 
 							*bar*
 |			To screen column [count] in the current line.
-			|exclusive| motion.
+			|exclusive| motion.  Ceci n'est pas une pipe.
 
 							*f*
 f{char}			To [count]'th occurrence of {char} to the right.  The
@@ -270,11 +275,6 @@ T{char}			Till after [count]'th occurrence of {char} to the
 ,			Repeat latest f, t, F or T in opposite direction
 			[count] times.
 
-These commands move the cursor to the specified column in the current line.
-They stop at the first column and at the end of the line, except "$", which
-may move to one of the next lines.  See 'whichwrap' option to make some of the
-commands move across line boundaries.
-
 ==============================================================================
 3. Up-down motions					*up-down-motions*
 
@@ -315,6 +315,7 @@ _  <underscore>		[count] - 1 lines downward, on the first non-blank
 G			Goto line [count], default last line, on the first
 			non-blank character |linewise|.  If 'startofline' not
 			set, keep the same column.
+			G is a one of |jump-motions|.
 
 							*<C-End>*
 <C-End>			Goto line [count], default last line, on the last
@@ -325,9 +326,11 @@ gg			Goto line [count], default first line, on the first
 			non-blank character |linewise|.  If 'startofline' not
 			set, keep the same column.
 
-:[range]		Set the cursor on the specified line number.  If
-			there are several numbers, the last one is used.
-
+:[range]		Set the cursor on the last line number in [range].
+			[range] can also be just one line number, e.g., ":1"
+			or ":'m".
+			In contrast with |G| this command does not modify the
+			|jumplist|.
 							*N%*
 {count}%		Go to {count} percentage in the file, on the first
 			non-blank in the line |linewise|.  To compute the new
@@ -637,7 +640,8 @@ a`							*v_a`* *a`*
 			When the cursor starts on a quote, Vim will figure out
 			which quote pairs form a string by searching from the
 			start of the line.
-			Any trailing or leading white space is included.
+			Any trailing white space is included, unless there is
+			none, then leading white space is included.
 			When used in Visual mode it is made characterwise.
 			Repeating this object in Visual mode another string is
 			included.  A count is currently not used.

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Nov 25
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2010 May 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -40,6 +40,7 @@ achieve special effects.  These options come in three forms:
 
 :se[t] no{option}	Toggle option: Reset, switch it off.
 
+							   *:set-!* *:set-inv*
 :se[t] {option}!   or
 :se[t] inv{option}	Toggle option: Invert value. {not in Vi}
 
@@ -696,8 +697,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'autochdir' 'acd'	boolean (default off)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
-			{only available when compiled with the
-			|+netbeans_intg| or |+sun_workshop| feature}
+			{only available when compiled with it, use
+			exists("+autochdir") to check}
 	When on, Vim will change the current working directory whenever you
 	open a file, switch buffers, delete a buffer or open/close a window.
 	It will change to the directory containing the file which was opened
@@ -743,8 +744,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	     within a word (initial, medial, final and stand-alone).
 	  b) the enabling of the ability to compose characters
 	  c) the enabling of the required combining of some characters
-	When disabled the character display reverts back to each character's
-	true stand-alone form.
+	When disabled the display shows each character's true stand-alone
+	form.
 	Arabic is a complex language which requires other settings, for
 	further details see |arabic.txt|.
 
@@ -813,11 +814,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When 'background' is set Vim will adjust the default color groups for
 	the new value.  But the colors used for syntax highlighting will not
 	change.					*g:colors_name*
-	When a color scheme is loaded (the "colors_name" variable is set)
+	When a color scheme is loaded (the "g:colors_name" variable is set)
 	setting 'background' will cause the color scheme to be reloaded.  If
 	the color scheme adjusts to the value of 'background' this will work.
 	However, if the color scheme sets 'background' itself the effect may
-	be undone.  First delete the "colors_name" variable when needed.
+	be undone.  First delete the "g:colors_name" variable when needed.
 
 	When setting 'background' to the default value with: >
 		:set background&
@@ -959,7 +960,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 	List of directories for the backup file, separated with commas.
 	- The backup file will be created in the first directory in the list
-	  where this is possible.
+	  where this is possible.  The directory must exist, Vim will not
+	  create it for you.
 	- Empty means that no backup file will be created ('patchmode' is
 	  impossible!).  Writing may fail because of this.
 	- A directory "." means to put the backup file in the same directory
@@ -1143,7 +1145,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Some applications use the BOM to recognize the encoding of the file.
 	Often used for UCS-2 files on MS-Windows.  For other applications it
 	causes trouble, for example: "cat file1 file2" makes the BOM of file2
-	appear halfway the resulting file.
+	appear halfway the resulting file.  Gcc doesn't accept a BOM.
 	When Vim reads a file and 'fileencodings' starts with "ucs-bom", a
 	check for the presence of the BOM is done and 'bomb' set accordingly.
 	Unless 'binary' is set, it is removed from the first line, so that you
@@ -1443,6 +1445,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	autoselectml	Like "autoselect", but for the modeless selection
 			only.  Compare to the 'A' flag in 'guioptions'.
 
+	html		When the clipboard contains HTML, use this when
+			pasting.  When putting text on the clipboard, mark it
+			as HTML.  This works to copy rendered HTML from
+			Firefox, paste it as raw HTML in Vim, select the HTML
+			in Vim and paste it in a rich edit box in Firefox.
+			Only supported for GTK version 2 and later.
+			Only available with the |+multi_byte| feature.
+
 	exclude:{pattern}
 			Defines a pattern that is matched against the name of
 			the terminal 'term'.  If there is a match, no
@@ -1751,8 +1761,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 	NOTE: This option is set to the POSIX default value at startup when
 	the Vi default value would be used and the $VIM_POSIX environment
-	variable exists |posix|.  This means tries to behave like the POSIX
-	specification.
+	variable exists |posix|.  This means Vim tries to behave like the
+	POSIX specification.
 
 	    contains	behavior	~
 								*cpo-a*
@@ -2378,6 +2388,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This is specified with 'fileencoding'.  The conversion is done with
 	iconv() or as specified with 'charconvert'.
 
+	If you need to know whether 'encoding' is a multi-byte encoding, you
+	can use: >
+		if has("multi_byte_encoding")
+<
 	Normally 'encoding' will be equal to your current locale.  This will
 	be the default if Vim recognizes your environment settings.  If
 	'encoding' is not set to the current locale, 'termencoding' must be
@@ -2438,6 +2452,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	'eadirection' option tells in which direction the size is affected.
 	Changing the height and width of a window can be avoided by setting
 	'winfixheight' and 'winfixwidth', respectively.
+	If a window size is specified when creating a new window sizes are
+	currently not equalized (it's complicated, but may be implemented in
+	the future).
 
 						*'equalprg'* *'ep'*
 'equalprg' 'ep'		string	(default "")
@@ -2445,7 +2462,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 	External program to use for "=" command.  When this option is empty
 	the internal formatting functions are used; either 'lisp', 'cindent'
-	or 'indentexpr'.
+	or 'indentexpr'.  When Vim was compiled without internal formatting,
+	the "indent" program is used.
 	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.  See |option-backslash|
 	about including spaces and backslashes.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
@@ -2542,13 +2560,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 	Sets the character encoding for the file of this buffer.
 	When 'fileencoding' is different from 'encoding', conversion will be
-	done when reading and writing the file.
+	done when writing the file.  For reading see below.
 	When 'fileencoding' is empty, the same value as 'encoding' will be
 	used (no conversion when reading or writing a file).
+	Conversion will also be done when 'encoding' and 'fileencoding' are
+	both a Unicode encoding and 'fileencoding' is not utf-8.  That's
+	because internally Unicode is always stored as utf-8.
 		WARNING: Conversion can cause loss of information!  When
-		'encoding' is "utf-8" conversion is most likely done in a way
-		that the reverse conversion results in the same text.  When
-		'encoding' is not "utf-8" some characters may be lost!
+		'encoding' is "utf-8" or another Unicode encoding, conversion
+		is most likely done in a way that the reverse conversion
+		results in the same text.  When 'encoding' is not "utf-8" some
+		characters may be lost!
 	See 'encoding' for the possible values.  Additionally, values may be
 	specified that can be handled by the converter, see
 	|mbyte-conversion|.
@@ -2835,6 +2857,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	The expression may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
 	|sandbox-option|.
+	This option can't be set from a |modeline| when the 'diff' option is
+	on.
 
 	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
 	evaluating 'foldexpr' |textlock|.
@@ -3227,7 +3251,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	the case of X).  The font names given should be "normal" fonts.  Vim
 	will try to find the related bold and italic fonts.
 
-	For Win32, GTK, Mac OS and Photon: >
+	For Win32, GTK, Motif, Mac OS and Photon: >
 	    :set guifont=*
 <	will bring up a font requester, where you can pick the font you want.
 
@@ -3236,8 +3260,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	For the GTK+ 2 GUI the font name looks like this: >
 	    :set guifont=Andale\ Mono\ 11
-<	That's all.  XLFDs are no longer accepted.
-
+<	That's all.  XLFDs are not used.  For Chinese this is reported to work
+	well: >
+	    if has("gui_gtk2")
+	      set guifont=Bitstream\ Vera\ Sans\ Mono\ 12,Fixed\ 12
+	      set guifontwide=Microsoft\ Yahei\ 12,WenQuanYi\ Zen\ Hei\ 12
+	    endif
+<
 	For Mac OSX you can use something like this: >
 	    :set guifont=Monaco:h10
 <	Also see 'macatsui', it can help fix display problems.
@@ -3483,7 +3512,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When nonempty describes the text to use in a tooltip for the GUI tab
 	pages line.  When empty Vim will use a default tooltip.
 	This option is otherwise just like 'guitablabel' above.
-
+	You can include a line break.  Simplest method is to use |:let|: >
+		:let &guitabtooltip = "line one\nline two"
+<
 
 						*'helpfile'* *'hf'*
 'helpfile' 'hf'		string	(default (MSDOS)  "$VIMRUNTIME\doc\help.txt"
@@ -3768,7 +3799,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	English characters directly, e.g., when it's used to type accented
 	characters with dead keys.
 
-				*'imdisable'* *'imd'* *'nodisable'* *'noimd'*
+				*'imdisable'* *'imd'* *'noimdisable'* *'noimd'*
 'imdisable' 'imd'	boolean (default off, on for some systems (SGI))
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
@@ -4084,8 +4115,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	displayed as <xx>, with the hexadecimal value of the byte.
 	When 'display' contains "uhex" all unprintable characters are
 	displayed as <xx>.
-	The NonText highlighting will be used for unprintable characters.
-	|hl-NonText|
+	The SpecialKey highlighting will be used for unprintable characters.
+	|hl-SpecialKey|
 
 	Multi-byte characters 256 and above are always included, only the
 	characters up to 255 are specified with this option.  When a character
@@ -4322,10 +4353,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'list'* *'nolist'*
 'list'			boolean	(default off)
 			local to window
-	List mode: Show tabs as CTRL-I, show end of line with $.  Useful to
-	see the difference between tabs and spaces and for trailing blanks.
-	Note that this will also affect formatting (set with 'textwidth' or
-	'wrapmargin') when 'cpoptions' includes 'L'.  See 'listchars' for
+	List mode: Show tabs as CTRL-I is displayed, display $ after end of
+	line.  Useful to see the difference between tabs and spaces and for
+	trailing blanks.  Further changed by the 'listchars' option.
+
+	The cursor is displayed at the start of the space a Tab character
+	occupies, not at the end as usual in Normal mode.  To get this cursor
+	position while displaying Tabs with spaces, use: >
+		:set list lcs=tab\ \ 
+<
+	Note that list mode will also affect formatting (set with 'textwidth'
+	or 'wrapmargin') when 'cpoptions' includes 'L'.  See 'listchars' for
 	changing the way tabs are displayed.
 
 						*'listchars'* *'lcs'*
@@ -4508,15 +4546,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 	Maximum amount of memory (in Kbyte) to use for one buffer.  When this
 	limit is reached allocating extra memory for a buffer will cause
-	other memory to be freed.  Maximum value 2000000.  Use this to work
-	without a limit.  Also see 'maxmemtot'.
+	other memory to be freed.  The maximum usable value is about 2000000.
+	Use this to work without a limit.  Also see 'maxmemtot'.
 
 						*'maxmempattern'* *'mmp'*
 'maxmempattern' 'mmp'	number	(default 1000)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	Maximum amount of memory (in Kbyte) to use for pattern matching.
-	Maximum value 2000000.  Use this to work without a limit.
+	The maximum value is about 2000000.  Use this to work without a limit.
 							*E363*
 	When Vim runs into the limit it gives an error message and mostly
 	behaves like CTRL-C was typed.
@@ -4531,9 +4569,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				 available)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
-	Maximum amount of memory (in Kbyte) to use for all buffers together.
-	Maximum value 2000000.  Use this to work without a limit.  Also see
-	'maxmem'.
+	Maximum amount of memory in Kbyte to use for all buffers together.
+	The maximum usable value is about 2000000 (2 Gbyte).  Use this to work
+	without a limit.  On 64 bit machines higher values might work.  But
+	hey, do you really need more than 2 Gbyte for text editing?
+	Also see 'maxmem'.
 
 						*'menuitems'* *'mis'*
 'menuitems' 'mis'	number	(default 25)
@@ -5599,8 +5639,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   winsize	window sizes
 
 	Don't include both "curdir" and "sesdir".
-	When "curdir" nor "sesdir" is included, file names are stored with
-	absolute paths.
+	When neither "curdir" nor "sesdir" is included, file names are stored
+	with absolute paths.
 	"slash" and "unix" are useful on Windows when sharing session files
 	with Unix.  The Unix version of Vim cannot source dos format scripts,
 	but the Windows version of Vim can source unix format scripts.
@@ -5669,7 +5709,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	in a file and echoed to the screen.  If the 'shell' option is "csh" or
 	"tcsh" after initializations, the default becomes "|& tee".  If the
 	'shell' option is "sh", "ksh", "zsh" or "bash" the default becomes
-	"2>&1| tee".  This means that stderr is also included.
+	"2>&1| tee".  This means that stderr is also included.  Before using
+	the 'shell' option a path is removed, thus "/bin/sh" uses "sh".
 	The initialization of this option is done after reading the ".vimrc"
 	and the other initializations, so that when the 'shell' option is set
 	there, the 'shellpipe' option changes automatically, unless it was
@@ -5876,8 +5917,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not available when compiled without the  |+linebreak|
 			feature}
 	String to put at the start of lines that have been wrapped.  Useful
-	values are "> " or "+++ ".
-	Only printable single-cell characters are allowed, excluding <Tab> and
+	values are "> " or "+++ ": >
+		:set showbreak=>\ 
+<	Note the backslash to escape the trailing space.  It's easier like
+	this: >
+		:let &showbreak = '+++ ' 
+<	Only printable single-cell characters are allowed, excluding <Tab> and
 	comma (in a future version the comma might be used to separate the
 	part that is shown at the end and at the start of a line).
 	The characters are highlighted according to the '@' flag in
@@ -5898,7 +5943,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	In Visual mode the size of the selected area is shown:
 	- When selecting characters within a line, the number of characters.
 	- When selecting more than one line, the number of lines.
-	- When selecting a block, the size in screen characters: linesxcolumns.
+	- When selecting a block, the size in screen characters:
+	  {lines}x{columns}.
 	NOTE: This option is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
@@ -6633,8 +6679,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	of '2' in the "!_TAG_FILE_SORTED" line for this.  A tag file can be
 	case-fold sorted with the -f switch to "sort" in most unices, as in
 	the command: "sort -f -o tags tags".  For "Exuberant ctags" version
-	5.3 or higher the -f or --fold-case-sort switch can be used for this
-	as well.  Note that case must be folded to uppercase for this to work.
+	5.x or higher (at least 5.5) the --sort=foldcase switch can be used
+	for this as well.  Note that case must be folded to uppercase for this
+	to work.
 
 	When 'tagbsearch' is off, tags searching is slower when a full match
 	exists, but faster when no full match exists.  Tags in unsorted tags
@@ -7244,9 +7291,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 				*'viminfo'* *'vi'* *E526* *E527* *E528*
 'viminfo' 'vi'		string	(Vi default: "", Vim default for MS-DOS,
-				   Windows and OS/2: '20,<50,s10,h,rA:,rB:,
-				   for Amiga: '20,<50,s10,h,rdf0:,rdf1:,rdf2:
-				   for others: '20,<50,s10,h)
+				   Windows and OS/2: '100,<50,s10,h,rA:,rB:,
+				   for Amiga: '100,<50,s10,h,rdf0:,rdf1:,rdf2:
+				   for others: '100,<50,s10,h)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 			{not available when compiled without the  |+viminfo|
@@ -7719,6 +7766,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		:set sidescroll=5
 		:set listchars+=precedes:<,extends:>
 <	See 'sidescroll', 'listchars' and |wrap-off|.
+	This option can't be set from a |modeline| when the 'diff' option is
+	on.
 
 						*'wrapmargin'* *'wm'*
 'wrapmargin' 'wm'	number	(default 0)

runtime/doc/os_390.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_390.txt*    For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*os_390.txt*    For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Dec 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Ralf Schandl
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ not an exhaustive summary of all the modifications made to the code base.
 
 5.6-390c:
   I grepped through the source and examined every spot with a character
-  involved in a operation (+-).  I hope I now found all EBCDIC/ASCII
+  involved in an operation (+-).  I hope I now found all EBCDIC/ASCII
   stuff, but ....
 
   Fixed:
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ not an exhaustive summary of all the modifications made to the code base.
 	- added special compiler and linker options if building with X11
     - configure:
 	- after created via autoconf hand-edited it to make the test for
-	  ICEConnectionNumber work.  This is a autoconf problem.  OS/390 UNIX
+	  ICEConnectionNumber work.  This is an autoconf problem.  OS/390 UNIX
 	  needs -lX11 for this.
     - Makefile
 	- Don't include the lib directories ('-L...') into the variable

runtime/doc/os_vms.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Aug 19
+*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2009 Oct 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL
@@ -139,9 +139,9 @@ Use: >
 	define/nolog VIMRUNTIME device:[path.vim.vim60]
 	define/nolog TMP	device:[path.tmp]
 
-to get vim.exe to find its document, filetype, and syntax files, and to
+To get vim.exe to find its document, filetype, and syntax files, and to
 specify a directory where temporary files will be located.  Copy the "runtime"
-subdirectory of the vim distribution to vimruntime.
+subdirectory of the Vim distribution to vimruntime.
 
 Logicals $VIMRUNTIME and $TMP are optional.
 
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ You just have to define the "whole" path: >
 	$ define VIM "<server_name>[""user password""]::device:<path>"
 	$ vi*m :== "mcr VIM:VIM.EXE"
 
-as for example: >
+As for example: >
 
 	$ define VIM "PLUTO::RF10:[UTIL.VIM]"
 	$ define VIM "PLUTO""ZAY mypass""::RF10:[UTIL.VIM]" ! if passwd required
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ then add to the SYS$STARTUP:SYLOGICALS.COM >
 	$ define/nolog/sys VIM device:<path>
 	$ define/nolog/sys TMP SYS$SCRATCH
 
-and to the SYS$STARTUP:SYLOGIN.COM >
+And to the SYS$STARTUP:SYLOGIN.COM >
 
 	$ vi*m :== mcr VIM:VIM.EXE
 	$ gv*im:== spawn/nowait/input=NLA0 mcr VIM:VIM.EXE -g -GEOMETRY 80x40
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ It is possible to use Vim as an internode editor.
 
 	vi "<server>""username passwd""::<device>:<path><filename>;<version>"
 
-example: >
+Example: >
 	vi "pluto""zay passwd""::RF10:<USER.ZAY.WORK>TEST.C;1"
 
 Note: syntax is very important, otherwise VMS will recognize more parameters
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ and run the command procedure below: >
 	$ end:
 
 Note: Never use it in a clustered environment (you do not need it), loading
-could be very-very slow, but even faster then a local Emacs. :-)
+could be very-very slow, but even faster than a local Emacs. :-)
 
 (Zoltan Arpadffy, Vim 5.6)
 
@@ -575,12 +575,12 @@ boxes that is meant to solve GNU problems on OpenVMS.
 
 8.12 diff-mode
 
-Vim 6.0 and higher supports vim diff-mode (See |new-diff-mode|, |diff-mode|
+Vim 6.0 and higher supports Vim diff-mode (See |new-diff-mode|, |diff-mode|
 and |08.7|).  This uses the external program 'diff' and expects a Unix-like
 output format from diff.  The standard VMS diff has a different output
-format.  To use vim on VMS in diff-mode, you need to:
+format.  To use Vim on VMS in diff-mode, you need to:
     1 Install a Unix-like diff program, e.g. GNU diff
-    2 Tell vim to use the Unix-like diff for diff-mode.
+    2 Tell Vim to use the Unix-like diff for diff-mode.
 
 You can download GNU diff from the VIM-VMS website, it is one of the GNU
 tools in http://www.polarhome.com/vim/files/gnu_tools.zip.  I suggest to
@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ prompt: >
 
    GDIFF :==     $GNU:DIFF.EXE
 
-Now you need to tell vim to use the new diff program.  Take the example
+Now you need to tell Vim to use the new diff program.  Take the example
 settings from |diff-diffexpr| and change the call to the external diff
 program to the new diff on VMS.  Add this to your .vimrc file: >
 
@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ program to the new diff on VMS.  Add this to your .vimrc file: >
 	endfunction
       endif
 
-You can now use vim in diff-mode, e.g. to compare two files in read-only
+You can now use Vim in diff-mode, e.g. to compare two files in read-only
 mode: >
 
     $ VIM -D/R <FILE1> <FILE2>
@@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ You can now compare files in 4 ways: >
 8.13 Allow '$' in C keywords
 
 DEC C uses many identifiers with '$' in them.  This is not allowed in ANSI C,
-and vim recognises the '$' as the end of the identifier.  You can change this
+and Vim recognises the '$' as the end of the identifier.  You can change this
 with the |iskeyword|command.
 Add this command to your .vimrc file: >
 
@@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ start it with: >
 
 8.14 Slow start in console mode issue
 
-As GUI/GTK Vim works equally well in console mode, many administartors
+As GUI/GTK Vim works equally well in console mode, many administrators
 deploy those executables system wide.
 Unfortunately, on a remote slow connections GUI/GTK executables behave rather
 slow when user wants to run Vim just in the console mode - because of X environment detection timeout.
@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ both GUI/GTK build and just console build executables, like below: >
     |----- syntax        
        vimrc    (system rc files)
        gvimrc
-       gvim.exe (the remaned GUI or GTK built vim.exe)      
+       gvim.exe (the renamed GUI or GTK built vim.exe)      
        vim.exe  (the console only executable) 
 
 Define system symbols like below in for ex in LOGIN.COM or SYLOGIN.COM: >
@@ -713,11 +713,11 @@ View of Cluster from system ID 11655  node: TOR
 <EFBFBD> ODIN   <20> VMS V7.3-2   <20> MEMBER  <20>
 +---------------------------------+
 
-It is convinient to have a common VIM directory but execute different
+It is convenient to have a common VIM directory but execute different
 executables. 
 There are more solutions for this problem:
 
-solution 1. all executables in the same directory with different names
+Solution 1.  All executables in the same directory with different names
 This is easily done with the following script that can be added
 to the login.com or sylogin.com: >
 
@@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ to the login.com or sylogin.com: >
 	$      vi*m :== mcr vim:VIM.EXE_IA64
 	$ endif
 
-solution 2. different directories: >
+Solution 2.  Different directories: >
 
 	$ if f$getsyi("NODE_HWTYPE") .eqs. "VAX"
 	$ then
@@ -757,8 +757,8 @@ solution 2. different directories: >
         $! VIMRUNTIME must be defined in order to find runtime files
 	$ define/nolog VIMRUNTIME RF10:[UTIL.VIM72]
 
-A good examle for this approach is the [GNU]gnu_tools.com script from GNU_TOOLS.ZIP
-package downloadable from http://www.polarhome.com/vim/
+A good example for this approach is the [GNU]gnu_tools.com script from
+GNU_TOOLS.ZIP package downloadable from http://www.polarhome.com/vim/
 
 (Zoltan Arpadffy, Vim 7.2)
 

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jul 16
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Nov 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -32,12 +32,13 @@ explanations are in chapter 27 |usr_27.txt|.
 			|linewise|.
 
 							*/<CR>*
-/<CR>			Search forward for the [count]'th latest used
-			pattern |last-pattern| with latest used |{offset}|.
+/<CR>			Search forward for the [count]'th occurrence of the
+			latest used pattern |last-pattern| with latest used
+			|{offset}|.
 
-//{offset}<CR>		Search forward for the [count]'th latest used
-			pattern |last-pattern| with new |{offset}|.  If
-			{offset} is empty no offset is used.
+//{offset}<CR>		Search forward for the [count]'th occurrence of the
+			latest used pattern |last-pattern| with new
+			|{offset}|.  If {offset} is empty no offset is used.
 
 							*?*
 ?{pattern}[?]<CR>	Search backward for the [count]'th previous
@@ -48,12 +49,13 @@ explanations are in chapter 27 |usr_27.txt|.
 			down |linewise|.
 
 							*?<CR>*
-?<CR>			Search backward for the [count]'th latest used
-			pattern |last-pattern| with latest used |{offset}|.
+?<CR>			Search backward for the [count]'th occurrence of the
+			latest used pattern |last-pattern| with latest used
+			|{offset}|.
 
-??{offset}<CR>		Search backward for the [count]'th latest used
-			pattern |last-pattern| with new |{offset}|.  If
-			{offset} is empty no offset is used.
+??{offset}<CR>		Search backward for the [count]'th occurrence of the
+			latest used pattern |last-pattern| with new
+			|{offset}|.  If {offset} is empty no offset is used.
 
 							*n*
 n			Repeat the latest "/" or "?" [count] times.
@@ -507,7 +509,7 @@ Character classes {not in Vi}:				*/character-classes*
 |/\Z|	\Z	\Z	ignore differences in Unicode "combining characters".
 			Useful when searching voweled Hebrew or Arabic text.
 
-|/\%d|	\%d	\%d	match specified decimal character (eg \%d123
+|/\%d|	\%d	\%d	match specified decimal character (eg \%d123)
 |/\%x|	\%x	\%x	match specified hex character (eg \%x2a)
 |/\%o|	\%o	\%o	match specified octal character (eg \%o040)
 |/\%u|	\%u	\%u	match specified multibyte character (eg \%u20ac)
@@ -794,7 +796,11 @@ $	At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
 						*/\%V*
 \%V	Match inside the Visual area.  When Visual mode has already been
 	stopped match in the area that |gv| would reselect.
-	Only works for the current buffer.
+	This is a |/zero-width| match.  To make sure the whole pattern is
+	inside the Visual area put it at the start and end of the pattern,
+	e.g.: >
+		/\%Vfoo.*bar\%V
+<	Only works for the current buffer.
 
 						*/\%#* *cursor-position*
 \%#	Matches with the cursor position.  Only works when matching in a
@@ -877,10 +883,13 @@ $	At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
 	this will clearly show when the match is updated or not.
 	To match the text up to column 17: >
 		/.*\%17v
-<	Column 17 is not included, because that's where the "\%17v" matches,
-	and since this is a |/zero-width| match, column 17 isn't included in
-	the match.  This does the same: >
-		/.*\%<18v
+<	Column 17 is included, because that's where the "\%17v" matches,
+	even though this is a |/zero-width| match.  Adding a dot to match the
+	next character has the same result: >
+		/.*\%17v.
+<	This command does the same thing, but also matches when there is no
+	character in column 17: >
+		/.*\%<18v.
 <
 
 Character classes: {not in Vi}

runtime/doc/pi_getscript.txt

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
-*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jun 29
+*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 7.0.  Last change: 2009 Oct 14
 >
 		GETSCRIPT REFERENCE MANUAL  by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
 <
 Authors:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamilyA.Mbiz>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from the email address)
 						*GetLatestVimScripts-copyright*
-Copyright: (c) 2004-2006 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*glvs-copyright*
+Copyright: (c) 2004-2009 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*glvs-copyright*
            The VIM LICENSE applies to getscript.vim and
            pi_getscript.txt (see |copyright|) except use
            "getscript" instead of "Vim".  No warranty, express or implied.
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ The GetLatestVimScripts.dist file serves as an example and a template for your
 own personal list.  Feel free to remove all the scripts mentioned within it;
 the "important" part of it is the first two lines.
 
-Your computer needs to have wget for GetLatestVimScripts to do its work.
+Your computer needs to have wget or curl for GetLatestVimScripts to do its work.
 
 	1. if compressed:  gunzip getscript.vba.gz
 	2. Unix:
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Your computer needs to have wget for GetLatestVimScripts to do its work.
 ==============================================================================
 3. GetLatestVimScripts Usage				*glvs-usage* *:GLVS*
 
-Unless its been defined elsewhere, >
+Unless it has been defined elsewhere, >
 	:GLVS
 will invoke GetLatestVimScripts().  If some other plugin has defined that
 command, then you may type
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ insures that GetLatestVimScripts will assume that the script it has is
 out-of-date.
 
 The SourceID is extracted by GetLatestVimScripts from the script's page on
-vim.sf.net; whenever its greater than the one stored in the
+vim.sf.net; whenever it is greater than the one stored in the
 GetLatestVimScripts.dat file, the script will be downloaded
 (see |GetLatestVimScripts_dat|).
 
@@ -176,6 +176,8 @@ Note: the first two lines are required, but essentially act as comments.
 ==============================================================================
 5. GetLatestVimScripts Friendly Plugins	*getscript-plugins* *glvs-plugins*
 
+		(this section is for plugin authors)~
+
 If a plugin author includes the following comment anywhere in their plugin,
 GetLatestVimScripts will find it and use it to automatically build the user's
 GetLatestVimScripts.dat files:
@@ -191,11 +193,20 @@ plus any additional lines describing any plugin dependencies it may have.
 Same format, of course!
 
 If your command is auto-installable (see |glvs-autoinstall|), and most scripts
-are, then you may include :AutoInstall: at the start of "yourscriptname".
+are, then you may include :AutoInstall: just before "yourscriptname":
+>
+	                         src_id
+	                            v
+	" GetLatestVimScripts: ### ### :AutoInstall: yourscriptname
+	                        ^
+	                    scriptid
+<
+NOTE: :AutoInstall: is a plugin-author option, not a GetLatestVimScripts.dat~
+      entry!~
 
 GetLatestVimScripts commands for those scripts are then appended, if not
-already present, to the user's GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat file.  Its a
-relatively painless way to automate the acquisition of any scripts your
+already present, to the user's GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat file.  It is
+a relatively painless way to automate the acquisition of any scripts your
 plugins depend upon.
 
 Now, as an author, you probably don't want GetLatestVimScripts to download
@@ -290,14 +301,19 @@ after/syntax/c.vim contained in it to overwrite a user's c.vim.
 		This variable holds the options to be used with the
 		g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget command.
 >
- 	g:getLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall
+ 	g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall
 <	default= 1
 		This variable indicates whether GetLatestVimScripts is allowed
-		to attempt to automatically install scripts.  Note that it
-		doesn't understand vimballs (yet).  Furthermore, the plugin
-		author has to have explicitly indicated that his/her plugin
-		is automatically installable.
-
+		to attempt to automatically install scripts.  Furthermore, the
+		plugin author has to have explicitly indicated that his/her
+		plugin is automatically installable (via the :AutoInstall:
+		keyword in the GetLatestVimScripts comment line).
+>
+	g:GetLatestVimScripts_autoinstalldir
+<	default= $HOME/.vim     (linux)
+	default= $HOME/vimfiles (windows)
+		Override where :AutoInstall: scripts will be installed.
+		Doesn't override vimball installation.
 
 ==============================================================================
 8. GetLatestVimScripts Algorithm		*glvs-algorithm* *glvs-alg*
@@ -336,8 +352,10 @@ The AutoInstall process will:
 9. GetLatestVimScripts History		*getscript-history* *glvs-hist* {{{1
 
 v31 Jun 29, 2008 : * (Bill McCarthy) fixed having hls enabled with getscript
+		   * (David Schaefer) the acd option interferes with vimballs
+		     Solution: bypass the acd option
 v30 Jun 13, 2008 : * GLVS now checks for existence of fnameescape() and will
-		     issue an error message if its not supported
+		     issue an error message if it is not supported
 v29 Jan 07, 2008 : * Bram M pointed out that cpo is a global option and that
                      getscriptPlugin.vim was setting it but not restoring it.
 v28 Jan 02, 2008 : * improved shell quoting character handling, cygwin

runtime/doc/pi_tar.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Aug 09
+*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2009 Dec 28
 
 		       +====================+
 		       | Tar File Interface |
@@ -26,6 +26,33 @@ Copyright 2005-2008: The GPL (gnu public license) applies to	*tar-copyright*
    also write to the file.  Currently, one may not make a new file in
    tar archives via the plugin.
 
+						*:Untarvim*
+   UNTARVIM~
+
+   :Untarvim [vimhome]
+
+	This command copies, if necessary, the tarball to the .vim or vimfiles
+	directory using the first writable directory in the |'runtimepath'|
+	when no [vimhome] is specified.  Otherwise, the [vimhome] argument
+	allows the user to specify that directory, instead.
+
+	The copy is done using the command in *g:tar_copycmd* , which is >
+		cp   for cygwin, unix, macunix
+		copy for windows (32, 95, 64, 16)
+<	The extraction is done with the command specified with
+	*g:tar_extractcmd* , which by default is >
+		"tar -xf"
+<
+   PREVENTING LOADING~
+
+   If for some reason you do not wish to use vim to examine tar'd files,
+   you may put the following two variables into your <.vimrc> to prevent
+   the tar plugin from loading: >
+
+	let g:loaded_tarPlugin= 1
+	let g:loaded_tar      = 1
+<
+
 ==============================================================================
 3. Options						*tar-options*
 
@@ -38,14 +65,15 @@ Copyright 2005-2008: The GPL (gnu public license) applies to	*tar-copyright*
    *g:tar_cmd*            "tar"   the name of the tar program
    *g:tar_nomax*            0     if true, file window will not be maximized
    *g:tar_secure*         undef   if exists:
-					"--" will be used to prevent unwanted
+					"--"s will be used to prevent unwanted
 					option expansion in tar commands.
 					Please be sure that your tar command
 					accepts "--"; Posix compliant tar
-					utilities do accept it.
+					utilities do accept them.
 				  if not exists:
-					The tar plugin will reject any member
-					files that begin with "-"
+				  	The tar plugin will reject any tar
+					files or member files that begin with
+					"-"
 				  Not all tar's support the "--" which is why
 				  it isn't default.
    *g:tar_writeoptions*   "uf"    used to update/replace a file
@@ -54,6 +82,9 @@ Copyright 2005-2008: The GPL (gnu public license) applies to	*tar-copyright*
 ==============================================================================
 4. History						*tar-history*
 
+
+   v24 Apr 07, 2009 * :Untarvim command implemented
+       Sep 28, 2009 * Added lzma support
    v22 Aug 08, 2008 * security fixes
    v16 Jun 06, 2008 * tarfile:: used instead of tarfile: when editing files
 		      inside tarballs.  Fixes a problem with tarballs called

runtime/doc/pi_vimball.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_vimball.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jul 30
+*pi_vimball.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2010 Apr 12
 
 			       ----------------
 			       Vimball Archiver
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 
 Author:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
-Copyright: (c) 2004-2008 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*Vimball-copyright*
+Copyright: (c) 2004-2009 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*Vimball-copyright*
 	   The VIM LICENSE applies to Vimball.vim, and Vimball.txt
 	   (see |copyright|) except use "Vimball" instead of "Vim".
 	   No warranty, express or implied.
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ Copyright: (c) 2004-2008 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*Vimball-copyright*
 ==============================================================================
 3. Vimball Manual					*vimball-manual*
 
-							*:MkVimball*
+MAKING A VIMBALL						*:MkVimball*
 		:[range]MkVimball[!] filename [path]
 
 	The range is composed of lines holding paths to files to be included
@@ -79,29 +79,34 @@ Copyright: (c) 2004-2008 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*Vimball-copyright*
 	"filename.vba" file, overwriting it if it already exists.  This
 	behavior resembles that for |:w|.
 
-							*g:vimball_mkdir*
+	If you wish to force slashes into the filename, that can also be done
+	by using the exclamation mark (ie. :MkVimball! path/filename).
+
+	The tip at http://vim.wikia.com/wiki/Using_VimBall_with_%27Make%27
+	has a good idea on how to automate the production of vimballs using
+	make.
+
+
+MAKING DIRECTORIES VIA VIMBALLS				*g:vimball_mkdir*
+
 	First, the |mkdir()| command is tried (not all systems support it).
 
-	If it doesn't exist, then g:vimball_mkdir doesn't exist, it is set to:
+	If it doesn't exist, then if g:vimball_mkdir doesn't exist, it is set
+	as follows: >
 	  |g:netrw_local_mkdir|, if it exists
-	   "mkdir", if it is executable
-	   "makedir", if it is executable
-	   Otherwise, it is undefined.
-	One may explicitly specify the directory making command using
+	  "mkdir"              , if it is executable
+	  "makedir"            , if it is executable
+	  Otherwise            , it is undefined.
+<	One may explicitly specify the directory making command using
 	g:vimball_mkdir.  This command is used to make directories that
 	are needed as indicated by the vimball.
 
-							*g:vimball_home*
+
+CONTROLLING THE VIMBALL EXTRACTION DIRECTORY		*g:vimball_home*
+
 	You may override the use of the |'runtimepath'| by specifying a
 	variable, g:vimball_home.
 
-	Path Preprocessing				*g:vimball_path_escape*
-
-	Paths used in vimball are preprocessed by s:Path(); in addition,
-	certain characters are escaped (by prepending a backslash).  The
-	characters are in g:vimball_path_escape, and may be overridden by
-	the user in his/her .vimrc initialization script.
-
 							*vimball-extract*
 		vim filename.vba
 
@@ -112,12 +117,16 @@ Copyright: (c) 2004-2008 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*Vimball-copyright*
 	file holds the "Vimball Archiver by Charles E. Campbell, Jr., Ph.D."
 	line.
 
-		:VimballList				*:VimballList*
+LISTING FILES IN A VIMBALL					*:VimballList*
+
+		:VimballList
 
 	This command will tell Vimball to list the files in the archive, along
 	with their lengths in lines.
 
-		:UseVimball [path]			*:UseVimball*
+MANUALLY INVOKING VIMBALL EXTRACTION				*:UseVimball*
+
+		:UseVimball [path]
 
 	This command is contained within the vimball itself; it invokes the
 	vimball#Vimball() routine which is responsible for unpacking the
@@ -126,7 +135,9 @@ Copyright: (c) 2004-2008 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*Vimball-copyright*
 	installation, thereby overriding the automatic choice of the first
 	existing directory on the |'runtimepath'|.
 
-		:RmVimball vimballfile [path]		*:RmVimball*
+REMOVING A VIMBALL						*:RmVimball*
+
+		:RmVimball vimballfile [path]
 
 	This command removes all files generated by the specified vimball
 	(but not any directories it may have made).  One may choose a path
@@ -136,10 +147,45 @@ Copyright: (c) 2004-2008 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*Vimball-copyright*
 	containing a record of what files need to be removed for all vimballs
 	used thus far.
 
+PREVENTING LOADING
+
+	If for some reason you don't want to be able to extract plugins
+	using vimballs: you may prevent the loading of vimball.vim by
+	putting the following two variables in your <.vimrc>: >
+
+		let g:loaded_vimballPlugin= 1
+		let g:loaded_vimball      = 1
+<
+WINDOWS							*vimball-windows*
+
+	Many vimball files are compressed with gzip.  Windows, unfortunately,
+	does not come provided with a tool to decompress gzip'ped files.
+	Fortunately, there are a number of tools available for Windows users
+	to un-gzip files:
+>
+	    Item     Tool/Suite   Free   Website
+	    ----     ----------   ----   -------
+	    7zip        tool       y     http://www.7-zip.org/
+	    Winzip      tool       n     http://www.winzip.com/downwz.htm
+	    unxutils    suite      y     http://unxutils.sourceforge.net/
+	    cygwin      suite      y     http://www.cygwin.com/
+	    GnuWin32    suite      y     http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net/
+	    MinGW       suite      y     http://www.mingw.org/
+<
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. Vimball History					*vimball-history* {{{1
 
+	30 : Dec 08, 2008 * fnameescape() inserted to protect error
+			    messaging using corrupted filenames from
+			    causing problems
+			  * RmVimball supports filenames that would
+			    otherwise be considered to have "magic"
+			    characters (ie. Abc[1].vba)
+	     Feb 18, 2009 * s:Escape(), g:vimball_shq, and g:netrw_shq
+			    removed (shellescape() used directly)
+	     Oct 05, 2009 * (Nikolai Weibull) suggested that MkVimball
+			    be allowed to use slashes in the filename.
 	26 : May 27, 2008 * g:vimball_mkdir usage installed.  Makes the
 	                    $HOME/.vim (or $HOME\vimfiles) directory if
 			    necessary.

runtime/doc/pi_zip.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jul 30
+*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2010 Apr 12
 
 				+====================+
 				| Zip File Interface |
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 
 Author:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
-Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
+Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2009 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
            Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 	   with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 	   notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -59,6 +59,16 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
    It's used during the writing (updating) of a file already in a zip
    file; by default: >
    	let g:zip_zipcmd= "zip"
+<
+   PREVENTING LOADING~
+
+   If for some reason you do not wish to use vim to examine zipped files,
+   you may put the following two variables into your <.vimrc> to prevent
+   the tar plugin from loading: >
+
+	let g:loaded_zipPlugin= 1
+	let g:loaded_zip      = 1
+<
 <
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/print.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*print.txt*     For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Apr 30
+*print.txt*     For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Dec 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ print output, turn it over and place it back in the paper feeder.  Now print
 even.ps with your platform's print command.  All the even pages should now
 appear on the back of the odd pages.
 
-There a couple of points to bear in mind:
+There are a couple of points to bear in mind:
 
 1. Position of the first page.  If the first page is on top of the printout
    when printing the odd pages then you need to reverse the order that the odd

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Mar 14
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2009 May 24
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ example: >
 {shellpipe} is the 'shellpipe' option.
 {errorfile} is the 'makeef' option, with ## replaced to make it unique.
 
-The placeholder "$*" can be used for the argument list in {makeprog} if the
+The placeholder "$*" can be used for the argument list in {makeprg} if the
 command needs some additional characters after its arguments.  The $* is
 replaced then by all arguments.  Example: >
    :set makeprg=latex\ \\\\nonstopmode\ \\\\input\\{$*}
@@ -630,14 +630,20 @@ id-utils) in a similar way to its compiler integration (see |:make| above).
 			Just like ":grep", but instead of making a new list of
 			errors the matches are appended to the current list.
 			Example: >
-				:grep nothing %
+				:call setqflist([])
 				:bufdo grepadd! something %
 <			The first command makes a new error list which is
 			empty.  The second command executes "grepadd" for each
 			listed buffer.  Note the use of ! to avoid that
 			":grepadd" jumps to the first error, which is not
 			allowed with |:bufdo|.
-
+			An example that uses the argument list and avoids
+			errors for files without matches: >
+                                :silent argdo try 
+				  \ | grepadd! something %
+				  \ | catch /E480:/
+				  \ | endtry"
+<
 							*:lgrepa* *:lgrepadd*
 :lgrepa[dd][!] [arguments]
 			Same as ":grepadd", except the location list for the
@@ -1206,7 +1212,7 @@ Maintaining the correct directory is more complicated if you don't use
 GNU-make.  AIX-make for example doesn't print any information about its
 working directory.  Then you need to enhance the makefile.  In the makefile of
 LessTif there is a command which echoes "Making {target} in {dir}".  The
-special problem here is that it doesn't print informations on leaving the
+special problem here is that it doesn't print information on leaving the
 directory and that it doesn't print the absolute path.
 
 To solve the problem with relative paths and missing "leave directory"

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jan 22
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2009 Jan 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -40,13 +40,13 @@ N is used to indicate an optional count that can be given before the command.
 |^|	   ^		to first non-blank character in the line
 |$|	N  $		to the last character in the line (N-1 lines lower)
 			   (also: <End> key)
-|g0|	N  g0		to first character in screen line (differs from "0"
+|g0|	   g0		to first character in screen line (differs from "0"
 			   when lines wrap)
-|g^|	N  g^		to first non-blank character in screen line (differs
+|g^|	   g^		to first non-blank character in screen line (differs
 			   from "^" when lines wrap)
 |g$|	N  g$		to last character in screen line (differs from "$"
 			   when lines wrap)
-|gm|	N  gm		to middle of the screen line
+|gm|	   gm		to middle of the screen line
 |bar|	N  |		to column N (default: 1)
 |f|	N  f{char}	to the Nth occurrence of {char} to the right
 |F|	N  F{char}	to the Nth occurrence of {char} to the left

runtime/doc/quotes.txt

@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ transition - as an Editor it is so much better in many ways: keyboard layout,
 memory usage, text alteration to name 3.  (Mark Adam)
 
 In fact, now if I want to know what a particular setting does in vi, I fire up
-VIM and check out it's help!  (Nikhil Patel, USA)
+VIM and check out its help!  (Nikhil Patel, USA)
 
 As a vi user, VIM has made working with text a far more pleasant task than
 before I encountered this program.  (Steinar Knutsen, Norway)

runtime/doc/recover.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*recover.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2006 Apr 24
+*recover.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2009 Apr 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ parts of the original file were not written to disk.
 Be sure that the recovery was successful before overwriting the original
 file or deleting the swap file.  It is good practice to write the recovered
 file elsewhere and run 'diff' to find out if the changes you want are in the
-recovered file.
+recovered file.  Or use |:DiffOrig|.
 
 Once you are sure the recovery is ok delete the swap file.  Otherwise, you
 will continue to get warning messages that the ".swp" file already exists.

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2007 Aug 12
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2009 Nov 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -332,6 +332,12 @@ Note however that trailing whitespace in the line before it cannot be
 inserted freely; it depends on the position where a command is split up
 whether additional whitespace is allowed or not.
 
+When a space is required it's best to put it right after the backslash.  A
+space at the end of a line is hard to see and may be accidentally deleted. >
+	:syn match Comment
+		\ "very long regexp"
+		\ keepend
+
 There is a problem with the ":append" and ":insert" commands: >
    :1append
    \asdf

runtime/doc/sign.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*sign.txt*      For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2006 Apr 24
+*sign.txt*      For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2010 May 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ disappears again.  The color of the column is set with the SignColumn group
 ==============================================================================
 2. Commands					*sign-commands* *:sig* *:sign*
 
-Here is an example that places a sign piet, displayed with the text ">>", in
+Here is an example that places a sign "piet", displayed with the text ">>", in
 line 23 of the current file: >
 	:sign define piet text=>> texthl=Search
 	:exe ":sign place 2 line=23 name=piet file=" . expand("%:p")

runtime/doc/spell.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*spell.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Nov 30
+*spell.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2010 Apr 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -468,8 +468,11 @@ Vim uses a binary file format for spelling.  This greatly speeds up loading
 the word list and keeps it small.
 						    *.aff* *.dic* *Myspell*
 You can create a Vim spell file from the .aff and .dic files that Myspell
-uses.  Myspell is used by OpenOffice.org and Mozilla.  You should be able to
-find them here:
+uses.  Myspell is used by OpenOffice.org and Mozilla. The OpenOffice .oxt 
+files are zip files which contain the .aff and .dic files. You should be able
+to find them here:
+	http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/dictionary
+The older, OpenOffice 2 files may be used if this doesn't work:
 	http://wiki.services.openoffice.org/wiki/Dictionaries
 You can also use a plain word list.  The results are the same, the choice
 depends on what word lists you can find.
@@ -1279,7 +1282,7 @@ compound word.  The word itself is not a good word.  Example:
 
 							*spell-ONLYINCOMPOUND*
 The ONLYINCOMPOUND does exactly the same as NEEDCOMPOUND.  Supported for
-compatiblity with Hunspell.
+compatibility with Hunspell.
 
 							*spell-COMPOUNDMIN*
 The minimal character length of a word used for compounding is specified with

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Nov 09
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2009 Dec 31
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -144,6 +144,14 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 			-u NORC			no		    yes
 			--noplugin		yes		    no
 
+--startuptime {fname}					*--startuptime*
+		During startup write timing messages to the file {fname}.
+		This can be used to find out where time is spent while loading
+		your .vimrc, plugins and opening the first file.
+		When {fname} already exists new messages are appended.
+		(Only available when compiled with the |+startuptime|
+		feature).
+
 							*--literal*
 --literal	Take file names literally, don't expand wildcards.  Not needed
 		for Unix, because Vim always takes file names literally (the
@@ -330,12 +338,19 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 							*-C*
 -C		Compatible mode.  Sets the 'compatible' option.  You can use
 		this to get 'compatible', even though a .vimrc file exists.
-		But the command ":set nocompatible" overrules it anyway.
-		Also see |compatible-default|.  {not in Vi}
+		Keep in mind that the command ":set nocompatible" in some
+		plugin or startup script overrules this, so you may end up
+		with 'nocompatible' anyway.  To find out, use: >
+			:verbose set compatible?
+<		Several plugins won't work with 'compatible' set.  You may
+		want to set it after startup this way: >
+			vim "+set cp" filename
+<		Also see |compatible-default|.  {not in Vi}
 
 							*-N*
 -N		Not compatible mode.  Resets the 'compatible' option.  You can
-		use this to get 'nocompatible', when there is no .vimrc file.
+		use this to get 'nocompatible', when there is no .vimrc file
+		or when using "-u NONE".
 		Also see |compatible-default|.  {not in Vi}
 
 							*-y* *easy*
@@ -353,6 +368,8 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		Can also be done with ":set updatecount=0".  You can switch it
 		on again by setting the 'updatecount' option to some value,
 		e.g., ":set uc=100".
+		NOTE: Don't combine -n with -b, making -nb, because that has a
+		different meaning: |-nb|.
 		'updatecount' is set to 0 AFTER executing commands from a
 		vimrc file, but before the GUI initializations.  Thus it
 		overrides a setting for 'updatecount' in a vimrc file, but not
@@ -471,6 +488,7 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		window title and copy/paste using the X clipboard.  This
 		avoids a long startup time when running Vim in a terminal
 		emulator and the connection to the X server is slow.
+		See |--startuptime| to find out if affects you.
 		Only makes a difference on Unix or VMS, when compiled with the
 		|+X11| feature.  Otherwise it's ignored.
 		To disable the connection only for specific terminals, see the
@@ -584,17 +602,8 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		it.  The second form specifies a file to read connection info
 		from.  The third form specifies the hostname, address and
 		password for connecting to Netbeans. |netbeans-run|
-
-Example for using a script file to change a name in several files:
-	Create a file "subs.vi" containing substitute commands and a :wq
-	command: >
-		:%s/Jones/Smith/g
-		:%s/Allen/Peter/g
-		:wq
-<
-	Execute Vim on all files you want to change: >
-
-		foreach i ( *.let ) vim -s subs.vi $i
+		{only available when compiled with the |+netbeans_intg|
+		feature; if not then -nb will make Vim exit}
 
 If the executable is called "view", Vim will start in Readonly mode.  This is
 useful if you can make a hard or symbolic link from "view" to "vim".
@@ -768,10 +777,11 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 	nocp" command if you like.
 	For the Macintosh the $VIMRUNTIME/macmap.vim is read.
 
-			  *VIMINIT* *.vimrc* *_vimrc* *EXINIT* *.exrc* *_exrc*
+	  *VIMINIT* *.vimrc* *_vimrc* *EXINIT* *.exrc* *_exrc* *$MYVIMRC*
      c. Four places are searched for initializations.  The first that exists
 	is used, the others are ignored.  The $MYVIMRC environment variable is
-	set to the file that was first found, unless $MYVIMRC was already set.
+	set to the file that was first found, unless $MYVIMRC was already set
+	and when using VIMINIT.
 	-  The environment variable VIMINIT (see also |compatible-default|) (*)
 	   The value of $VIMINIT is used as an Ex command line.
 	-  The user vimrc file(s):
@@ -960,7 +970,8 @@ part of the line in the tags file) is always done in secure mode.  This works
 just like executing a command from a vimrc/exrc in the current directory.
 
 							*slow-start*
-If Vim takes a long time to start up, there may be a few causes:
+If Vim takes a long time to start up, use the |--startuptime| argument to find
+out what happens.  There are a few common causes:
 - If the Unix version was compiled with the GUI and/or X11 (check the output
   of ":version" for "+GUI" and "+X11"), it may need to load shared libraries
   and connect to the X11 server.  Try compiling a version with GUI and X11
@@ -981,7 +992,7 @@ there is not enough room, you will see only part of it).
 
 							*info-message*
 The |--help| and |--version| arguments cause Vim to print a message and then
-exit.  Normally the message is send to stdout, thus can be redirected to a
+exit.  Normally the message is sent to stdout, thus can be redirected to a
 file with: >
 
 	vim --help >file
@@ -1432,7 +1443,7 @@ requires Vim to be compiled with the |+iconv| feature.  Filenames are not
 converted.
 
 
-MANUALLY READING AND WRITING
+MANUALLY READING AND WRITING				*viminfo-read-write*
 
 Two commands can be used to read and write the viminfo file manually.  This
 can be used to exchange registers between two running Vim programs: First
@@ -1495,7 +1506,7 @@ most of the information will be restored).
 			the list is edited.
 			If you get the |press-enter| prompt you can press "q"
 			and still get the prompt to enter a file number.
-			Use ! to abondon a modified buffer. |abandon|
+			Use ! to abandon a modified buffer. |abandon|
 			{not when compiled with tiny or small features}
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jul 22
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2010 May 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -113,6 +113,9 @@ this works, look in the file:
     :syntax off		$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
 Also see |syntax-loading|.
 
+NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
+makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
+
 ==============================================================================
 2. Syntax files						*:syn-files*
 
@@ -198,8 +201,12 @@ that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
 Vim will only load the first syntax file found.
 
 
-NAMING CONVENTIONS
-				    *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
+NAMING CONVENTIONS		    *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
+
+A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
+thing.  These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
+A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
+
 The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters, digits
 and the underscore.  As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_]*"
 
@@ -379,8 +386,8 @@ Or use the ":TOhtml" user command.  It is defined in a standard plugin.
 
 	:10,40TOhtml
 
-After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any HTML viewer, such
-as Netscape.  The colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim.
+After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser.  The
+colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim.
 
 To restrict the conversion to a range of lines set "html_start_line" and
 "html_end_line" to the first and last line to be converted.  Example, using
@@ -398,15 +405,45 @@ Force to omit the line numbers by using a zero value: >
 Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
    :unlet html_number_lines
 
-Closed folds are put in the HTML as they are displayed.  If you don't want
-this, use the |zR| command before invoking 2html, or use: >
-   :let html_ignore_folding = 1
-
 By default, HTML optimized for old browsers is generated.  If you prefer using
 cascading style sheets (CSS1) for the attributes (resulting in considerably
 shorter and valid HTML 4 file), use: >
    :let html_use_css = 1
 
+Closed folds are put in the HTML as they are displayed.  If you don't want
+this, use the |zR| command before invoking 2html, or use: >
+   :let html_ignore_folding = 1
+
+You may want to generate HTML that includes all the data within the folds, and
+allow the user to view the folded data similar to how they would in Vim. To
+generate this dynamic fold information, use: >
+   :let html_dynamic_folds = 1
+
+Using html_dynamic_folds will imply html_use_css, because it would be far too
+difficult to do it for old browsers. However, html_ignore_folding overrides
+html_dynamic_folds.
+
+Using html_dynamic_folds will default to generating a foldcolumn in the html
+similar to Vim's foldcolumn, that will use javascript to open and close the
+folds in the HTML document. The width of this foldcolumn starts at the current
+setting of |'foldcolumn'| but grows to fit the greatest foldlevel in your
+document. If you do not want to show a foldcolumn at all, use: >
+   :let html_no_foldcolumn = 1
+
+Using this option, there will be no foldcolumn available to open the folds in
+the HTML. For this reason, another option is provided: html_hover_unfold.
+Enabling this option will use CSS 2.0 to allow a user to open a fold by
+hovering the mouse pointer over it. Note that old browsers (notably Internet
+Explorer 6) will not support this feature.  Browser-specific markup for IE6 is
+included to fall back to the normal CSS1 code so that the folds show up
+correctly for this browser, but they will not be openable without a
+foldcolumn. Note that using html_hover_unfold will allow modern browsers with
+disabled javascript to view closed folds. To use this option, use: >
+   :let html_hover_unfold = 1
+
+Setting html_no_foldcolumn with html_dynamic_folds will automatically set
+html_hover_unfold, because otherwise the folds wouldn't be dynamic.
+
 By default "<pre>" and "</pre>" is used around the text.  This makes it show
 up as you see it in Vim, but without wrapping.	If you prefer wrapping, at the
 risk of making some things look a bit different, use: >
@@ -525,9 +562,10 @@ files are included:
 	pic		PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
 
 The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
-	:asmsyntax=nasm
+	asmsyntax=nasm
 Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax.  This line must be
-one of the first five lines in the file.
+one of the first five lines in the file.  No non-white text must be
+immediately before or after this text.
 
 The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
 b:asmsyntax variable: >
@@ -2529,11 +2567,13 @@ If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
 when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
 to a larger number: >
 
-	:let tcsh_minlines = 100
+	:let tcsh_minlines = 1000
 
-This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
-displayed line.  The default value is 15.  The disadvantage of using a larger
-number is that redrawing can become slow.
+This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
+displayed line.  If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
+synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
+tcsh_minlines is 100.  The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
+redrawing can become slow.
 
 
 TEX						*tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax*
@@ -3414,8 +3454,9 @@ Notes:
 - The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
 - A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
   pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
-- Until Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.  This
-  didn't work well for multi-byte characters.
+- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
+  This didn't work well for multi-byte characters, so it was changed with the
+  Vim 7.2 release.
 - The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
   matched.  This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e.  You can make the highlighting
   start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
@@ -3466,7 +3507,8 @@ expected, but there are a few exceptions.
 
 When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
 allowed to start in a following line.  The highlighting can start in a
-following line though.
+following line though.  Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
+the match doesn't move to another line.
 
 The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
 continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
@@ -3829,13 +3871,20 @@ This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
 in their own color.
 
 						*:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
+:colo[rscheme]		Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
+			This is basically the same as >
+				:echo g:colors_name
+<			In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
+			output "default".  When compiled without the |+eval|
+			feature it will output "unknown".
+
 :colo[rscheme] {name}	Load color scheme {name}.  This searches 'runtimepath'
 			for the file "colors/{name}.vim.  The first one that
 			is found is loaded.
-			To see the name of the currently active color scheme
-			(if there is one): >
-				:echo g:colors_name
-<			Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
+			To see the name of the currently active color scheme: >
+				:colo
+<			The name is also stored in the g:colors_name variable.
+			Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
 			":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
 			After the color scheme has been loaded the
 			|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
@@ -4032,7 +4081,7 @@ ctermbg={color-nr}				*highlight-ctermbg*
 	colors.
 	When a colorscheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
 	be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal).  First
-	delete the "colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
+	delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
 
 	When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
 	needs to reset the color when exiting.	This is done with the "op"

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -4,6 +4,8 @@
 $	motion.txt	/*$*
 $HOME	options.txt	/*$HOME*
 $HOME-use	version5.txt	/*$HOME-use*
+$MYGVIMRC	gui.txt	/*$MYGVIMRC*
+$MYVIMRC	starting.txt	/*$MYVIMRC*
 $VIM	starting.txt	/*$VIM*
 $VIM-use	version5.txt	/*$VIM-use*
 $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
@@ -481,7 +483,6 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'nodg'	options.txt	/*'nodg'*
 'nodiff'	options.txt	/*'nodiff'*
 'nodigraph'	options.txt	/*'nodigraph'*
-'nodisable'	options.txt	/*'nodisable'*
 'noea'	options.txt	/*'noea'*
 'noeb'	options.txt	/*'noeb'*
 'noed'	options.txt	/*'noed'*
@@ -518,6 +519,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'noimc'	options.txt	/*'noimc'*
 'noimcmdline'	options.txt	/*'noimcmdline'*
 'noimd'	options.txt	/*'noimd'*
+'noimdisable'	options.txt	/*'noimdisable'*
 'noincsearch'	options.txt	/*'noincsearch'*
 'noinf'	options.txt	/*'noinf'*
 'noinfercase'	options.txt	/*'noinfercase'*
@@ -1169,6 +1171,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 +signs	various.txt	/*+signs*
 +smartindent	various.txt	/*+smartindent*
 +sniff	various.txt	/*+sniff*
++startuptime	various.txt	/*+startuptime*
 +statusline	various.txt	/*+statusline*
 +sun_workshop	various.txt	/*+sun_workshop*
 +syntax	various.txt	/*+syntax*
@@ -1230,6 +1233,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 --serverlist	remote.txt	/*--serverlist*
 --servername	remote.txt	/*--servername*
 --socketid	starting.txt	/*--socketid*
+--startuptime	starting.txt	/*--startuptime*
 --version	starting.txt	/*--version*
 --windowid	starting.txt	/*--windowid*
 -A	starting.txt	/*-A*
@@ -1763,6 +1767,12 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :Nexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Nexplore*
 :Next	editing.txt	/*:Next*
 :NoMatchParen	pi_paren.txt	/*:NoMatchParen*
+:Nr	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Nr*
+:Nread	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Nread*
+:Ns	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Ns*
+:Nsource	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Nsource*
+:Nw	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Nw*
+:Nwrite	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Nwrite*
 :P	various.txt	/*:P*
 :Pexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Pexplore*
 :Print	various.txt	/*:Print*
@@ -1771,6 +1781,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :Sexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Sexplore*
 :TOhtml	syntax.txt	/*:TOhtml*
 :Texplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Texplore*
+:Untarvim	pi_tar.txt	/*:Untarvim*
 :UseVimball	pi_vimball.txt	/*:UseVimball*
 :Vexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Vexplore*
 :VimballList	pi_vimball.txt	/*:VimballList*
@@ -1781,6 +1792,9 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :_!	cmdline.txt	/*:_!*
 :_#	cmdline.txt	/*:_#*
 :_##	cmdline.txt	/*:_##*
+:_#0	cmdline.txt	/*:_#0*
+:_#<	cmdline.txt	/*:_#<*
+:_#n	cmdline.txt	/*:_#n*
 :_%	cmdline.txt	/*:_%*
 :_%:	cmdline.txt	/*:_%:*
 :_%<	cmdline.txt	/*:_%<*
@@ -1971,7 +1985,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :command-range	map.txt	/*:command-range*
 :command-register	map.txt	/*:command-register*
 :command-verbose	map.txt	/*:command-verbose*
-:comment	eval.txt	/*:comment*
+:comment	cmdline.txt	/*:comment*
 :comp	quickfix.txt	/*:comp*
 :compiler	quickfix.txt	/*:compiler*
 :con	eval.txt	/*:con*
@@ -2087,6 +2101,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :enew!	editing.txt	/*:enew!*
 :ex	editing.txt	/*:ex*
 :exe	eval.txt	/*:exe*
+:exe-comment	eval.txt	/*:exe-comment*
 :execute	eval.txt	/*:execute*
 :exi	editing.txt	/*:exi*
 :exit	editing.txt	/*:exit*
@@ -2434,6 +2449,8 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :nunme	gui.txt	/*:nunme*
 :nunmenu	gui.txt	/*:nunmenu*
 :o	vi_diff.txt	/*:o*
+:ol	starting.txt	/*:ol*
+:oldfiles	starting.txt	/*:oldfiles*
 :om	map.txt	/*:om*
 :omap	map.txt	/*:omap*
 :omap_l	map.txt	/*:omap_l*
@@ -2603,6 +2620,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :search-args	tagsrch.txt	/*:search-args*
 :set	options.txt	/*:set*
 :set+=	options.txt	/*:set+=*
+:set-!	options.txt	/*:set-!*
 :set-&	options.txt	/*:set-&*
 :set-&vi	options.txt	/*:set-&vi*
 :set-&vim	options.txt	/*:set-&vim*
@@ -2610,6 +2628,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :set-args	options.txt	/*:set-args*
 :set-browse	options.txt	/*:set-browse*
 :set-default	options.txt	/*:set-default*
+:set-inv	options.txt	/*:set-inv*
 :set-termcap	options.txt	/*:set-termcap*
 :set-verbose	options.txt	/*:set-verbose*
 :set^=	options.txt	/*:set^=*
@@ -2862,6 +2881,8 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :unme	gui.txt	/*:unme*
 :unmenu	gui.txt	/*:unmenu*
 :unmenu-all	gui.txt	/*:unmenu-all*
+:uns	various.txt	/*:uns*
+:unsilent	various.txt	/*:unsilent*
 :up	editing.txt	/*:up*
 :update	editing.txt	/*:update*
 :v	repeat.txt	/*:v*
@@ -4102,7 +4123,15 @@ E805	eval.txt	/*E805*
 E806	eval.txt	/*E806*
 E807	eval.txt	/*E807*
 E808	eval.txt	/*E808*
+E809	cmdline.txt	/*E809*
 E81	map.txt	/*E81*
+E810	diff.txt	/*E810*
+E811	autocmd.txt	/*E811*
+E812	autocmd.txt	/*E812*
+E813	editing.txt	/*E813*
+E814	editing.txt	/*E814*
+E815	if_mzsch.txt	/*E815*
+E816	diff.txt	/*E816*
 E82	message.txt	/*E82*
 E83	message.txt	/*E83*
 E84	windows.txt	/*E84*
@@ -4214,13 +4243,11 @@ N:	cmdline.txt	/*N:*
 N<Del>	various.txt	/*N<Del>*
 NL-used-for-Nul	pattern.txt	/*NL-used-for-Nul*
 NetBSD-backspace	options.txt	/*NetBSD-backspace*
+NetUserPass()	pi_netrw.txt	/*NetUserPass()*
 Normal	intro.txt	/*Normal*
 Normal-mode	intro.txt	/*Normal-mode*
-Nread	pi_netrw.txt	/*Nread*
-Nsource	pi_netrw.txt	/*Nsource*
 Number	eval.txt	/*Number*
 Nvi	intro.txt	/*Nvi*
-Nwrite	pi_netrw.txt	/*Nwrite*
 O	insert.txt	/*O*
 OS/2	os_os2.txt	/*OS\/2*
 OS2	os_os2.txt	/*OS2*
@@ -4304,6 +4331,7 @@ Ruby	if_ruby.txt	/*Ruby*
 Russian	russian.txt	/*Russian*
 S	change.txt	/*S*
 SHELL	starting.txt	/*SHELL*
+SQLGetType	ft_sql.txt	/*SQLGetType*
 SQLSetType	ft_sql.txt	/*SQLSetType*
 Select	visual.txt	/*Select*
 Select-mode	visual.txt	/*Select-mode*
@@ -4660,6 +4688,7 @@ blockwise-operators	visual.txt	/*blockwise-operators*
 blockwise-register	change.txt	/*blockwise-register*
 blockwise-visual	visual.txt	/*blockwise-visual*
 bold	syntax.txt	/*bold*
+bom-bytes	mbyte.txt	/*bom-bytes*
 book	intro.txt	/*book*
 bookmark	usr_03.txt	/*bookmark*
 boolean	options.txt	/*boolean*
@@ -4698,6 +4727,11 @@ bzip2	pi_gzip.txt	/*bzip2*
 c	change.txt	/*c*
 c.vim	syntax.txt	/*c.vim*
 cW	change.txt	/*cW*
+c_#	cmdline.txt	/*c_#*
+c_##	cmdline.txt	/*c_##*
+c_#<	cmdline.txt	/*c_#<*
+c_#n	cmdline.txt	/*c_#n*
+c_%	cmdline.txt	/*c_%*
 c_<BS>	cmdline.txt	/*c_<BS>*
 c_<C-Left>	cmdline.txt	/*c_<C-Left>*
 c_<C-R>	cmdline.txt	/*c_<C-R>*
@@ -4733,6 +4767,7 @@ c_CTRL-B	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-B*
 c_CTRL-C	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-C*
 c_CTRL-D	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-D*
 c_CTRL-E	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-E*
+c_CTRL-F	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-F*
 c_CTRL-H	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-H*
 c_CTRL-I	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-I*
 c_CTRL-J	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-J*
@@ -4773,6 +4808,7 @@ cc	change.txt	/*cc*
 ceil()	eval.txt	/*ceil()*
 ch.vim	syntax.txt	/*ch.vim*
 change-list-jumps	motion.txt	/*change-list-jumps*
+change-name	tips.txt	/*change-name*
 change-tabs	change.txt	/*change-tabs*
 change.txt	change.txt	/*change.txt*
 changed-5.1	version5.txt	/*changed-5.1*
@@ -4836,6 +4872,7 @@ collapse	tips.txt	/*collapse*
 color-xterm	syntax.txt	/*color-xterm*
 coloring	syntax.txt	/*coloring*
 colortest.vim	syntax.txt	/*colortest.vim*
+command-line-window	cmdline.txt	/*command-line-window*
 command-mode	intro.txt	/*command-mode*
 compatible-default	starting.txt	/*compatible-default*
 compile-changes-5	version5.txt	/*compile-changes-5*
@@ -5022,6 +5059,7 @@ daw	motion.txt	/*daw*
 dd	change.txt	/*dd*
 debug-gcc	debug.txt	/*debug-gcc*
 debug-highlight	debugger.txt	/*debug-highlight*
+debug-leaks	debug.txt	/*debug-leaks*
 debug-minidump	debug.txt	/*debug-minidump*
 debug-mode	repeat.txt	/*debug-mode*
 debug-scripts	repeat.txt	/*debug-scripts*
@@ -5368,6 +5406,7 @@ foldend-variable	eval.txt	/*foldend-variable*
 folding	fold.txt	/*folding*
 foldlevel()	eval.txt	/*foldlevel()*
 foldlevel-variable	eval.txt	/*foldlevel-variable*
+folds	fold.txt	/*folds*
 foldstart-variable	eval.txt	/*foldstart-variable*
 foldtext()	eval.txt	/*foldtext()*
 foldtextresult()	eval.txt	/*foldtextresult()*
@@ -5512,7 +5551,6 @@ ft-xml-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-xml-omni*
 ft-xml-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-xml-syntax*
 ft-xpm-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-xpm-syntax*
 ft_ada.txt	ft_ada.txt	/*ft_ada.txt*
-ft_sql.txt	ft_sql.txt	/*ft_sql.txt*
 ftdetect	filetype.txt	/*ftdetect*
 ftp	pi_netrw.txt	/*ftp*
 ftplugin	usr_41.txt	/*ftplugin*
@@ -5544,6 +5582,7 @@ g-	undo.txt	/*g-*
 g0	motion.txt	/*g0*
 g8	various.txt	/*g8*
 g:NetrwTopLvlMenu	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:NetrwTopLvlMenu*
+g:Netrw_funcref	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:Netrw_funcref*
 g:ada#Comment	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada#Comment*
 g:ada#Ctags_Kinds	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada#Ctags_Kinds*
 g:ada#DotWordRegex	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada#DotWordRegex*
@@ -5586,14 +5625,17 @@ g:gnat.Tags()	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat.Tags()*
 g:gnat.Tags_Command	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat.Tags_Command*
 g:netrw_alto	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_alto*
 g:netrw_altv	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_altv*
+g:netrw_banner	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_banner*
 g:netrw_browse_split	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_browse_split*
 g:netrw_browsex_viewer	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_browsex_viewer*
+g:netrw_chgperm	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_chgperm*
+g:netrw_chgwin	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_chgwin*
 g:netrw_compress	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_compress*
 g:netrw_ctags	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ctags*
+g:netrw_cursorline	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_cursorline*
 g:netrw_cygwin	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_cygwin*
 g:netrw_dav_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_dav_cmd*
 g:netrw_decompress	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_decompress*
-g:netrw_extracmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_extracmd*
 g:netrw_fastbrowse	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fastbrowse*
 g:netrw_fetch_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fetch_cmd*
 g:netrw_fname_escape	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fname_escape*
@@ -5603,10 +5645,13 @@ g:netrw_ftp_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp_cmd*
 g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd*
 g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd*
 g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd*
+g:netrw_ftpextracmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftpextracmd*
 g:netrw_ftpmode	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftpmode*
 g:netrw_glob_escape	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_glob_escape*
 g:netrw_hide	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_hide*
+g:netrw_home	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_home*
 g:netrw_http_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_http_cmd*
+g:netrw_http_xcmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_http_xcmd*
 g:netrw_ignorenetrc	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ignorenetrc*
 g:netrw_keepdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_keepdir*
 g:netrw_list_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_list_cmd*
@@ -5619,6 +5664,7 @@ g:netrw_localmovecmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localmovecmd*
 g:netrw_maxfilenamelen	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_maxfilenamelen*
 g:netrw_menu	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_menu*
 g:netrw_mkdir_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_mkdir_cmd*
+g:netrw_mousemaps	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_mousemaps*
 g:netrw_nogx	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_nogx*
 g:netrw_preview	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_preview*
 g:netrw_rcp_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_rcp_cmd*
@@ -5629,6 +5675,7 @@ g:netrw_rmf_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_rmf_cmd*
 g:netrw_rsync_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_rsync_cmd*
 g:netrw_scp_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_scp_cmd*
 g:netrw_scpport	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_scpport*
+g:netrw_sepchr	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_sepchr*
 g:netrw_sftp_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_sftp_cmd*
 g:netrw_silent	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_silent*
 g:netrw_sort_by	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_sort_by*
@@ -5650,6 +5697,8 @@ g:netrw_winsize	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_winsize*
 g:netrw_xstrlen	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_xstrlen*
 g:tar_browseoptions	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_browseoptions*
 g:tar_cmd	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_cmd*
+g:tar_copycmd	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_copycmd*
+g:tar_extractcmd	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_extractcmd*
 g:tar_nomax	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_nomax*
 g:tar_readoptions	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_readoptions*
 g:tar_secure	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_secure*
@@ -5657,7 +5706,6 @@ g:tar_writeoptions	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_writeoptions*
 g:var	eval.txt	/*g:var*
 g:vimball_home	pi_vimball.txt	/*g:vimball_home*
 g:vimball_mkdir	pi_vimball.txt	/*g:vimball_mkdir*
-g:vimball_path_escape	pi_vimball.txt	/*g:vimball_path_escape*
 g:vimsyn_embed	syntax.txt	/*g:vimsyn_embed*
 g:vimsyn_folding	syntax.txt	/*g:vimsyn_folding*
 g:vimsyn_maxlines	syntax.txt	/*g:vimsyn_maxlines*
@@ -6054,6 +6102,7 @@ i_CTRL-O	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-O*
 i_CTRL-P	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-P*
 i_CTRL-Q	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-Q*
 i_CTRL-R	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-R*
+i_CTRL-R_=	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-R_=*
 i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
 i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P*
 i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
@@ -6228,6 +6277,7 @@ keys()	eval.txt	/*keys()*
 known-bugs	todo.txt	/*known-bugs*
 l	motion.txt	/*l*
 l:var	eval.txt	/*l:var*
+lCursor	mbyte.txt	/*lCursor*
 lace.vim	syntax.txt	/*lace.vim*
 lang-variable	eval.txt	/*lang-variable*
 language-mapping	map.txt	/*language-mapping*
@@ -6442,11 +6492,13 @@ mysql	ft_sql.txt	/*mysql*
 mysyntaxfile	syntax.txt	/*mysyntaxfile*
 mysyntaxfile-add	syntax.txt	/*mysyntaxfile-add*
 mysyntaxfile-replace	syntax.txt	/*mysyntaxfile-replace*
+mzeval()	eval.txt	/*mzeval()*
 mzscheme	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme*
 mzscheme-buffer	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-buffer*
 mzscheme-commands	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-commands*
 mzscheme-dynamic	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-dynamic*
 mzscheme-examples	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-examples*
+mzscheme-mzeval	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-mzeval*
 mzscheme-sandbox	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-sandbox*
 mzscheme-threads	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-threads*
 mzscheme-vim	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-vim*
@@ -6483,11 +6535,13 @@ netreadfixup	pi_netrw.txt	/*netreadfixup*
 netrw	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw*
 netrw-%	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-%*
 netrw--	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw--*
+netrw-C	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-C*
 netrw-D	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-D*
 netrw-O	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-O*
 netrw-P	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-P*
 netrw-R	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-R*
 netrw-S	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-S*
+netrw-T	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-T*
 netrw-U	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-U*
 netrw-a	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-a*
 netrw-activate	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-activate*
@@ -6505,6 +6559,7 @@ netrw-cadaver	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-cadaver*
 netrw-chgup	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-chgup*
 netrw-clean	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-clean*
 netrw-contents	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-contents*
+netrw-copyright	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-copyright*
 netrw-cr	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-cr*
 netrw-credits	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-credits*
 netrw-ctrl-h	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ctrl-h*
@@ -6524,10 +6579,14 @@ netrw-explore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-explore*
 netrw-explore-cmds	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-explore-cmds*
 netrw-externapp	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-externapp*
 netrw-file	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-file*
+netrw-filigree	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-filigree*
 netrw-fixup	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-fixup*
 netrw-ftp	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ftp*
+netrw-ftype	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ftype*
 netrw-gb	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gb*
+netrw-getftype	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-getftype*
 netrw-gh	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gh*
+netrw-gp	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gp*
 netrw-gx	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gx*
 netrw-handler	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-handler*
 netrw-help	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-help*
@@ -6539,10 +6598,12 @@ netrw-horiz	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-horiz*
 netrw-i	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-i*
 netrw-incompatible	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-incompatible*
 netrw-intro-browse	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-intro-browse*
+netrw-leftmouse	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-leftmouse*
 netrw-list	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-list*
 netrw-listbookmark	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-listbookmark*
 netrw-listhack	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-listhack*
 netrw-login	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-login*
+netrw-mB	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mB*
 netrw-mT	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mT*
 netrw-mb	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mb*
 netrw-mc	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mc*
@@ -6551,8 +6612,10 @@ netrw-me	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-me*
 netrw-mf	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mf*
 netrw-mg	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mg*
 netrw-mh	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mh*
+netrw-middlemouse	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-middlemouse*
 netrw-ml_get	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ml_get*
 netrw-mm	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mm*
+netrw-mouse	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mouse*
 netrw-move	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-move*
 netrw-mp	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mp*
 netrw-mr	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mr*
@@ -6563,6 +6626,7 @@ netrw-mx	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mx*
 netrw-mz	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mz*
 netrw-netrc	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-netrc*
 netrw-nexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-nexplore*
+netrw-noload	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-noload*
 netrw-nread	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-nread*
 netrw-nwrite	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-nwrite*
 netrw-o	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-o*
@@ -6571,6 +6635,8 @@ netrw-p	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p*
 netrw-p1	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p1*
 netrw-p10	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p10*
 netrw-p11	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p11*
+netrw-p12	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p12*
+netrw-p13	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p13*
 netrw-p2	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p2*
 netrw-p3	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p3*
 netrw-p4	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p4*
@@ -6603,6 +6669,7 @@ netrw-ref	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ref*
 netrw-rename	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-rename*
 netrw-reverse	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-reverse*
 netrw-rexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-rexplore*
+netrw-rightmouse	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-rightmouse*
 netrw-s	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-s*
 netrw-settings	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-settings*
 netrw-sexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-sexplore*
@@ -6617,9 +6684,9 @@ netrw-starstarpat	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-starstarpat*
 netrw-start	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-start*
 netrw-t	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-t*
 netrw-texplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-texplore*
+netrw-todo	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-todo*
 netrw-transparent	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-transparent*
 netrw-u	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-u*
-netrw-uidpass	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-uidpass*
 netrw-updir	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-updir*
 netrw-urls	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-urls*
 netrw-userpass	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-userpass*
@@ -6732,6 +6799,8 @@ object-select	motion.txt	/*object-select*
 objects	index.txt	/*objects*
 obtaining-exted	netbeans.txt	/*obtaining-exted*
 ocaml.vim	syntax.txt	/*ocaml.vim*
+octal	eval.txt	/*octal*
+oldfiles-variable	eval.txt	/*oldfiles-variable*
 ole-activation	if_ole.txt	/*ole-activation*
 ole-eval	if_ole.txt	/*ole-eval*
 ole-gethwnd	if_ole.txt	/*ole-gethwnd*
@@ -6852,7 +6921,7 @@ ports-6	version6.txt	/*ports-6*
 posix	vi_diff.txt	/*posix*
 posix-compliance	vi_diff.txt	/*posix-compliance*
 posix-screen-size	vi_diff.txt	/*posix-screen-size*
-postgres	ft_sql.txt	/*postgres*
+postgress	ft_sql.txt	/*postgress*
 postscr.vim	syntax.txt	/*postscr.vim*
 postscript-cjk-printing	print.txt	/*postscript-cjk-printing*
 postscript-print-encoding	print.txt	/*postscript-print-encoding*
@@ -6889,6 +6958,7 @@ profiling	repeat.txt	/*profiling*
 profiling-variable	eval.txt	/*profiling-variable*
 progname-variable	eval.txt	/*progname-variable*
 progress.vim	syntax.txt	/*progress.vim*
+pronounce	intro.txt	/*pronounce*
 psql	ft_sql.txt	/*psql*
 ptcap.vim	syntax.txt	/*ptcap.vim*
 pterm-mouse	options.txt	/*pterm-mouse*
@@ -7149,6 +7219,7 @@ settabwinvar()	eval.txt	/*settabwinvar()*
 setting-guifont	gui.txt	/*setting-guifont*
 setting-guitablabel	tabpage.txt	/*setting-guitablabel*
 setting-tabline	tabpage.txt	/*setting-tabline*
+setuid	change.txt	/*setuid*
 setwinvar()	eval.txt	/*setwinvar()*
 sftp	pi_netrw.txt	/*sftp*
 sgml.vim	syntax.txt	/*sgml.vim*
@@ -7171,6 +7242,7 @@ simulated-command	vi_diff.txt	/*simulated-command*
 sin()	eval.txt	/*sin()*
 single-repeat	repeat.txt	/*single-repeat*
 skeleton	autocmd.txt	/*skeleton*
+slice	eval.txt	/*slice*
 slow-fast-terminal	term.txt	/*slow-fast-terminal*
 slow-start	starting.txt	/*slow-start*
 slow-terminal	term.txt	/*slow-terminal*
@@ -7195,6 +7267,7 @@ spell	spell.txt	/*spell*
 spell-ACCENT	spell.txt	/*spell-ACCENT*
 spell-AUTHOR	spell.txt	/*spell-AUTHOR*
 spell-BAD	spell.txt	/*spell-BAD*
+spell-BREAK	spell.txt	/*spell-BREAK*
 spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDCASE	spell.txt	/*spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDCASE*
 spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDDUP	spell.txt	/*spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDDUP*
 spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDPATTERN	spell.txt	/*spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDPATTERN*
@@ -7214,6 +7287,7 @@ spell-COMPOUNDMIN	spell.txt	/*spell-COMPOUNDMIN*
 spell-COMPOUNDPERMITFLAG	spell.txt	/*spell-COMPOUNDPERMITFLAG*
 spell-COMPOUNDROOT	spell.txt	/*spell-COMPOUNDROOT*
 spell-COMPOUNDRULE	spell.txt	/*spell-COMPOUNDRULE*
+spell-COMPOUNDRULES	spell.txt	/*spell-COMPOUNDRULES*
 spell-COMPOUNDSYLLABLE	spell.txt	/*spell-COMPOUNDSYLLABLE*
 spell-COMPOUNDSYLMAX	spell.txt	/*spell-COMPOUNDSYLMAX*
 spell-COMPOUNDWORDMAX	spell.txt	/*spell-COMPOUNDWORDMAX*
@@ -7224,6 +7298,7 @@ spell-FOL	spell.txt	/*spell-FOL*
 spell-FORBIDDENWORD	spell.txt	/*spell-FORBIDDENWORD*
 spell-HOME	spell.txt	/*spell-HOME*
 spell-KEEPCASE	spell.txt	/*spell-KEEPCASE*
+spell-KEY	spell.txt	/*spell-KEY*
 spell-LANG	spell.txt	/*spell-LANG*
 spell-LEMMA_PRESENT	spell.txt	/*spell-LEMMA_PRESENT*
 spell-LOW	spell.txt	/*spell-LOW*
@@ -7311,9 +7386,11 @@ sql-object-motions	ft_sql.txt	/*sql-object-motions*
 sql-predefined-objects	ft_sql.txt	/*sql-predefined-objects*
 sql-type-default	ft_sql.txt	/*sql-type-default*
 sql-types	ft_sql.txt	/*sql-types*
+sql.txt	ft_sql.txt	/*sql.txt*
 sql.vim	syntax.txt	/*sql.vim*
 sqlanywhere	ft_sql.txt	/*sqlanywhere*
 sqlanywhere.vim	syntax.txt	/*sqlanywhere.vim*
+sqlgettype	ft_sql.txt	/*sqlgettype*
 sqlinformix.vim	syntax.txt	/*sqlinformix.vim*
 sqlj	ft_sql.txt	/*sqlj*
 sqlserver	ft_sql.txt	/*sqlserver*
@@ -7364,12 +7441,14 @@ sub-menu-priority	gui.txt	/*sub-menu-priority*
 sub-replace-\=	change.txt	/*sub-replace-\\=*
 sub-replace-expression	change.txt	/*sub-replace-expression*
 sub-replace-special	change.txt	/*sub-replace-special*
+sublist	eval.txt	/*sublist*
 submatch()	eval.txt	/*submatch()*
 subscribe-maillist	intro.txt	/*subscribe-maillist*
 substitute()	eval.txt	/*substitute()*
 substitute-CR	version6.txt	/*substitute-CR*
 suffixes	cmdline.txt	/*suffixes*
 suspend	starting.txt	/*suspend*
+swap-exists-choices	usr_11.txt	/*swap-exists-choices*
 swap-file	recover.txt	/*swap-file*
 swapchoice-variable	eval.txt	/*swapchoice-variable*
 swapcommand-variable	eval.txt	/*swapcommand-variable*
@@ -7650,6 +7729,7 @@ tcsh.vim	syntax.txt	/*tcsh.vim*
 tear-off-menus	gui.txt	/*tear-off-menus*
 telnet-CTRL-]	tagsrch.txt	/*telnet-CTRL-]*
 temp-file-name	eval.txt	/*temp-file-name*
+tempfile	change.txt	/*tempfile*
 template	autocmd.txt	/*template*
 tempname()	eval.txt	/*tempname()*
 term-dependent-settings	term.txt	/*term-dependent-settings*
@@ -7818,6 +7898,7 @@ v:lnum	eval.txt	/*v:lnum*
 v:mouse_col	eval.txt	/*v:mouse_col*
 v:mouse_lnum	eval.txt	/*v:mouse_lnum*
 v:mouse_win	eval.txt	/*v:mouse_win*
+v:oldfiles	eval.txt	/*v:oldfiles*
 v:operator	eval.txt	/*v:operator*
 v:prevcount	eval.txt	/*v:prevcount*
 v:profiling	eval.txt	/*v:profiling*
@@ -7942,6 +8023,7 @@ v_x	change.txt	/*v_x*
 v_y	change.txt	/*v_y*
 v_~	change.txt	/*v_~*
 val-variable	eval.txt	/*val-variable*
+valgrind	debug.txt	/*valgrind*
 values()	eval.txt	/*values()*
 variables	eval.txt	/*variables*
 various	various.txt	/*various*
@@ -7998,6 +8080,7 @@ vimball-extract	pi_vimball.txt	/*vimball-extract*
 vimball-history	pi_vimball.txt	/*vimball-history*
 vimball-intro	pi_vimball.txt	/*vimball-intro*
 vimball-manual	pi_vimball.txt	/*vimball-manual*
+vimball-windows	pi_vimball.txt	/*vimball-windows*
 vimdev	intro.txt	/*vimdev*
 vimdiff	diff.txt	/*vimdiff*
 vimfiles	options.txt	/*vimfiles*
@@ -8008,6 +8091,7 @@ viminfo-file	starting.txt	/*viminfo-file*
 viminfo-file-marks	starting.txt	/*viminfo-file-marks*
 viminfo-file-name	starting.txt	/*viminfo-file-name*
 viminfo-read	starting.txt	/*viminfo-read*
+viminfo-read-write	starting.txt	/*viminfo-read-write*
 viminfo-write	starting.txt	/*viminfo-write*
 vimrc	starting.txt	/*vimrc*
 vimrc-filetype	usr_05.txt	/*vimrc-filetype*
@@ -8167,6 +8251,7 @@ xterm-function-keys	term.txt	/*xterm-function-keys*
 xterm-modifier-keys	term.txt	/*xterm-modifier-keys*
 xterm-mouse	options.txt	/*xterm-mouse*
 xterm-mouse-wheel	scroll.txt	/*xterm-mouse-wheel*
+xterm-resize	term.txt	/*xterm-resize*
 xterm-save-screen	tips.txt	/*xterm-save-screen*
 xterm-screens	tips.txt	/*xterm-screens*
 xterm-scroll-region	term.txt	/*xterm-scroll-region*

runtime/doc/tagsrch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2006 Apr 24
+*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2009 Feb 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ get an error message.
 3. Tag match list				*tag-matchlist* *E427* *E428*
 
 When there are several matching tags, these commands can be used to jump
-between them.  Note that these command don't change the tag stack, they keep
+between them.  Note that these commands don't change the tag stack, they keep
 the same entry.
 
 							*:ts* *:tselect*
@@ -428,6 +428,10 @@ Emacs style tag files are only supported if Vim was compiled with the
 |+emacs_tags| feature enabled.  Sorry, there is no explanation about Emacs tag
 files here, it is only supported for backwards compatibility :-).
 
+Lines in Emacs tags files can be very long.  Vim only deals with lines of up
+to about 510 bytes.  To see whether lines are ignored set 'verbose' to 5 or
+higher.
+
 							*tags-option*
 The 'tags' option is a list of file names.  Each of these files is searched
 for the tag.  This can be used to use a different tags file than the default

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jun 21
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2009 Nov 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -410,6 +410,21 @@ VT220, etc.).  The result is that codes like <xF1> are no longer needed.
 Note: This is only done on startup.  If the xterm options are changed after
 Vim has started, the escape sequences may not be recognized any more.
 
+							*xterm-resize*
+Window resizing with xterm only works if the allowWindowOps resource is
+enabled.  On some systems and versions of xterm it's disabled by default
+because someone thought it would be a security issue.  It's not clear if this
+is actually the case.
+
+To overrule the default, put this line in your ~/.Xdefaults or
+~/.Xresources:
+>
+	XTerm*allowWindowOps: 		true
+
+And run "xrdb -merge .Xresources" to make it effective.  You can check the
+value with the context menu (right mouse button while CTRL key is pressed),
+there should be a tick at allow-window-ops.
+
 							*termcap-colors*
 Note about colors: The 't_Co' option tells Vim the number of colors available.
 When it is non-zero, the 't_AB' and 't_AF' options are used to set the color.

runtime/doc/tips.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tips.txt*      For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2006 Jul 24
+*tips.txt*      For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2009 Nov 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -6,6 +6,10 @@
 
 Tips and ideas for using Vim				*tips*
 
+These are just a few that we thought would be helpful for many users.
+You can find many more tips on the wiki.  The URL can be found on
+http://www.vim.org
+
 Don't forget to browse the user manual, it also contains lots of useful tips
 |usr_toc.txt|.
 
@@ -18,11 +22,12 @@ Correcting common typing mistakes		|type-mistakes|
 Counting words, lines, etc.			|count-items|
 Restoring the cursor position			|restore-position|
 Renaming files					|rename-files|
+Change a name in multiple files			|change-name|
 Speeding up external commands			|speed-up|
 Useful mappings					|useful-mappings|
 Compressing the help files			|gzip-helpfile|
-Hex editing					|hex-editing|
 Executing shell commands in a window		|shell-window|
+Hex editing					|hex-editing|
 Using <> notation in autocommands		|autocmd-<>|
 Highlighting matching parens			|match-parens|
 
@@ -246,6 +251,8 @@ Breaking up restoring the position:
 	zt	scroll to move this line to the top of the window
 	`s	jump to the original position of the cursor
 
+For something more advanced see |winsaveview()| and |winrestview()|.
+
 ==============================================================================
 Renaming files						*rename-files*
 
@@ -265,6 +272,25 @@ and I want to rename *.c *.bla.  I'd do it like this: >
 	:w !sh
 	:q!
 
+==============================================================================
+Change a name in multiple files				*change-name*
+
+Example for using a script file to change a name in several files:
+
+	Create a file "subs.vim" containing substitute commands and a :update
+	command: >
+		:%s/Jones/Smith/g
+		:%s/Allen/Peter/g
+		:update
+<
+	Execute Vim on all files you want to change, and source the script for
+	each argument: >
+
+		vim *.let
+		argdo source subs.vim
+
+See |:argdo|.
+
 ==============================================================================
 Speeding up external commands				*speed-up*
 

runtime/doc/uganda.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*uganda.txt*    For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Jun 21
+*uganda.txt*    For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2009 Dec 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -194,11 +194,12 @@ child, you should have the intention to do this for at least one year.
 
 How do you know that the money will be spent right?  First of all you have my
 personal guarantee as the author of Vim.  I trust the people that are working
-at the centre, I know them personally.  Further more, the centre is
-co-sponsored and inspected by World Vision, Save the Children Fund and
-International Child Care Fund.  The centre is visited about once a year to
-check the progress (at our own cost).  I have visited the centre myself in
-1996, 1998, 2000, 2001 and 2003.  The visit reports are on the ICCF web site.
+at the centre, I know them personally.  Further more, the centre has been
+co-sponsored and inspected by World Vision, Save the Children Fund and is now
+under the supervision of Pacific Academy Outreach Society.  The centre is
+visited about once a year to check the progress (at our own cost).  I have
+visited the centre myself many times, starting in 1993.  The visit reports are
+on the ICCF web site.
 
 If you have any further questions, send me e-mail: <Bram@vim.org>.
 

runtime/doc/undo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*undo.txt*      For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2006 Apr 30
+*undo.txt*      For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2009 Apr 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -106,6 +106,10 @@ change again.  But you can do something like this: >
 After this an "u" command will undo the delete command and the previous
 change.
 
+To do the opposite, break a change into two undo blocks, in Insert mode use
+CTRL-G u.  This is useful if you want an insert command to be undoable in
+parts.  E.g., for each sentence.  |i_CTRL-G_u|
+
 ==============================================================================
 4. Undo branches				*undo-branches* *undo-tree*
 

runtime/doc/usr_04.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_04.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2006 Jun 21
+*usr_04.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2008 Sep 06
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ When using blockwise selection, you have four corners.  "o" only takes you to
 one of the other corners, diagonally.  Use "O" to move to the other corner in
 the same line.
 
-Note that "o" and "O" in Visual mode work very different from Normal mode,
+Note that "o" and "O" in Visual mode work very differently from Normal mode,
 where they open a new line below or above the cursor.
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/usr_05.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_05.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2007 May 11
+*usr_05.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2009 Jun 04
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -205,8 +205,8 @@ to 78, but only locally in one file.
 
 							*restore-cursor*  >
 	autocmd BufReadPost *
-	    \ if line("'\"") > 0 && line("'\"") <= line("$") |
-	    \   exe "normal g`\"" |
+	    \ if line("'\"") > 1 && line("'\"") <= line("$") |
+	    \   exe "normal! g`\"" |
 	    \ endif
 
 Another autocommand.  This time it is used after reading any file.  The

runtime/doc/usr_06.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_06.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2006 Apr 24
+*usr_06.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2009 Oct 28
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -244,10 +244,14 @@ commands to move in Visual mode, of course.
 
 This also works on Unix, if you have a PostScript printer.  Otherwise, you
 will have to do a bit more work.  You need to convert the text to HTML first,
-and then print it from a web browser such as Netscape.
+and then print it from a web browser.
 
 Convert the current file to HTML with this command: >
 
+	:TOhtml
+
+In case that doesn't work: >
+
 	:source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/2html.vim
 
 You will see it crunching away, this can take quite a while for a large file.

runtime/doc/usr_11.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_11.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2006 Apr 24
+*usr_11.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2009 Oct 29
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 
 
 Did your computer crash?  And you just spent hours editing?  Don't panic!  Vim
-keeps enough information on harddisk to be able to restore most of your work.
-This chapter shows you how to get your work back and explains how the swap
-file is used.
+stores enough information to be able to restore most of your work.  This
+chapter shows you how to get your work back and explains how the swap file is
+used.
 
 |11.1|	Basic recovery
 |11.2|	Where is the swap file?
@@ -111,6 +111,8 @@ Example: >
 	vim -r .help.txt.swo
 
 This is also handy when the swap file is in another directory than expected.
+Vim recognizes files with the pattern *.s[uvw][a-z] as swap files.
+
 If this still does not work, see what file names Vim reports and rename the
 files accordingly.  Check the 'directory' option to see where Vim may have
 put the swap file.
@@ -214,7 +216,7 @@ extent of the changes that were "forgotten".  If you are the one in charge of
 that file, be prepared to redo your last changes.
 
 
-WHAT TO DO?
+WHAT TO DO?					*swap-exists-choices*
 
 If dialogs are supported you will be asked to select one of five choices:
 

runtime/doc/usr_22.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_22.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2007 Aug 14
+*usr_22.txt*	For Vim version 7.2.  Last change: 2010 Feb 21
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ You can see these items:
     *.c files, etc)
 5.  How to get help (use the <F1> key), and an abbreviated listing
     of available commands
-6.  A listing of files, including "../", which allows one to to list
+6.  A listing of files, including "../", which allows one to list
     the parent directory.
 
 If you have syntax highlighting enabled, the different parts are highlighted

runtime/doc/usr_25.txt

@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ want to enable one, use the following command: >
 One horizontal scrollbar will appear at the bottom of the Vim window.
 
 If you don't have a scrollbar or don't want to use it, use these commands to
-scroll the text.  The cursor will stay in the same place, but it's move back
+scroll the text.  The cursor will stay in the same place, but it's moved back
 into the visible text if necessary.
 
 	zh		scroll right
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ The layout is messed up.  To avoid that, use the "gr" command:
 What happens is that the "gr" command makes sure the new character takes the
 right amount of screen space.  Extra spaces or tabs are inserted to fill the
 gap.  Thus what actually happens is that a tab is replaced by "x" and then
-blanks added to make the text after it keep it's place.  In this case a
+blanks added to make the text after it keep its place.  In this case a
 tab is inserted.
    When you need to replace more than one character, you use the "R" command
 to go to Replace mode (see |04.9|).  This messes up the layout and replaces